Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / B&M European Value Retail

B&M European Value Retail

bme · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bme
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · B&M European Value Retail
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
B

&

M

E

u

r

o

p

e

a

n

V

a

l

u

e

R

e

t

a

i

l

S

.

A

.

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

B&M European Value Retail S.A.
Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
value

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

HIGHLIGHTS

Group overview 

B&M is a fast growing limited range discount retailer, 
operating from 537 B&M stores across the UK and  
75 Jawoll stores in Germany.

Our B&M and Jawoll stores offer customers a range  
of leading brands, in both grocery and general 
merchandise, from food, drink, cleaning and petcare 
through to housewares, home textiles, furniture, toys, 
electrical, DIY and garden products, at great value for 
money prices so limited household spending budgets 
stretch that much further.

We like to provide our customers with a bargain hunting 
shopping experience, delivering consistently great  
value to make them want to visit our stores time and  
time again.

Group revenues

Adjusted EBITDA*

£2,430.7m
+19.4%
2016: £2,035.3m

£234.9m
+22.0%
2016: £192.5m

Contents

Strategic Report
Highlights 
At a glance 
Strategy in action 
Chairman’s statement 
Market overview 
Business model 
Chief Executive Officer’s review 
Strategy 
Financial review 
Key performance indicators 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
Corporate social responsibility 

Corporate Governance
Board of Directors 
Corporate governance statement 
Audit & Risk Committee report 
Directors’ remuneration report 
Directors’ report and business review 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

1
2
4
10
12
14
16
20
22
26
28
33

38
40
46
50
60
65

Financial Statements
66
Independent Auditor’s report 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  67
Consolidated statement of financial position 
68
Consolidated statement of changes  
in shareholders’ equity 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Independent Auditor’s report 
Company balance sheet 
Company profit and loss account 
Notes to the annual accounts 
General information 

69
70
71
105
106
107
108
116

Operating cash flow

UK store estate

Germany store estate

£210.9m
+23.4%
2016: £170.9m

•  Group revenues have increased by 

19.4% to £2,430.7m.

•  Group Adjusted EBITDA increased by 

22.0% to £234.9m.

•  Adjusted profit before tax increased by 

25.6% to £190.1m.

•  Profit before tax increased by 18.4% to 

£182.9m

•  Net cash flow from operations 
£210.9m, an increase of 23.4%.

•  Continued investment in infrastructure 

and a reduction in the net debt to 
Adjusted EBITDA ratio to 1.71 times.

+7.6%

+33.9%

•  38 net new B&M stores opened, 
growing the estate by 7.6% to 537 
stores in the UK.

•  Strong pipeline of new stores and on 
track to achieve between 40 and 50 
net new UK store openings in FY18.

•  19 net new Jawoll stores opened, 
growing the estate by 33.9% to 75 
stores in Germany. 10 new stores were 
organic openings and 9 were from the 
acquisition of a small chain.

•  Strong pipeline of new stores and on 
track to achieve 15 net new Germany 
store openings in FY18.

* 

The directors consider adjusted figures to be more 
reflective of the underlying business performance of the 
Group and believe that this measure provides additional 
useful information for investors on the Group’s 
performance. See reconciliation of adjusted measures 
to statutory measures on page 25.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

1

AT A GLANCE

Ournumbers

B&M is a growth company. The strong appeal of our offer to 
customers both in the UK and Germany, the small market shares we 
have in our chosen product categories and the fact that so many 
communities don’t have access to our stores, means that we have a 
very long runway for growth ahead of us. 

UK store growth

Germany store growth

537 B&M stores  
in the UK 2017
• Liverpool – Head office

Northern Ireland
28

North West
107

Wales
34

South West
36

Scotland
61

•

North East / Yorkshire
94

Midlands
98

South East
79

75 Jawoll stores  
in Germany 2017
• Soltau – Head office

1

12

•
29

7

5

12

3

1

3

2

Revenue 
£2,252.3m
+18.4%

Adjusted EBITDA
£223.2m
+23.4%

Employees
24,536
+9.8%

New locations
38
+7.6%

Revenue
£178.4m
+34.4%

Employees
1,514
+21.9%

Adjusted EBITDA
£11.7m
+0.4%

New locations
19
+33.9%

2

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Product range

Our brand 

Our UK stores trade under the  
B&M brand, with out-of-town stores 
predominantly being the larger  
B&M Homestore formats, and B&M 
Bargain facia’s for smaller in-town 
store locations. Our German stores 
trade under the Jawoll brand in  
all locations.

We deliver great value for money to customers 
right across our product categories.

We stock a wide variety of products but a 
narrow assortment within categories.  
There’s something for everyone, whether it’s 
for the home, garden or food & drink.  
Our limited product assortment of best-
selling products within each range is key to 
providing customers with bargain prices, so 
that they want to return again and again.

Our offer includes the following categories:
•  Home furnishings  

•  Halloween & 

& adornment

•  Electricals
•  Toys
•  Clothing & footwear
•  Household goods
•  Toiletries
•  Food
•  Confectionery
•  Soft drinks
•  Alcohol

Christmas goods

•  Giftware
•  Stationery & crafts
•  Gardening, outdoor  

& leisure

•  Petcare
•  DIY & decorating
•  Travel accessories

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

3

STRATEGY IN ACTION

Storeexpansion

We know that customers in Bradford 
and Bedford or Swinton and Swindon 
are really no different, they want the 
same great value, week-in, week-out 
on the things they buy regularly for 
their homes and families. So making 
our offer more accessible to the 
hundreds of communities that don’t 
yet have one of our stores is a top 
priority for us. That’s why we opened 
53 new stores in the UK and 19 in 
Germany in the year, with another 55 
to 65 planned for the year ahead. 

4

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

The general merchandise discount sector remains an underpenetrated part of the retail 
landscape and B&M is one of the leaders in driving the structural shift towards value 
retailing. We believe there is potential for at least 950 B&M stores in the UK alone and 
hundreds more in Germany. Added to that, the excellent performance of our new stores 
across our chosen markets continue to give us the confidence to push on with expansion, 
while at the same time supporting our continuing investment in local jobs and communities. 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

5
5

 
STRATEGY IN ACTION continued

The buying power we have of 
more than £1billion per annum 
is a big part of how we deliver 
great value for customers. Also, 
being a limited assortment 
discount retailer means we 
concentrate our purchasing into 
a narrow range of products in 
any given category, so that we 
maximise both the efficiency of 
our buying and of our store 
operations. Delivering low prices 
and big savings for customers  
is sustained by being highly 
efficient in everything we do.

Big Brands

Big Savings

6

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Our growth is also a big attraction for suppliers in a world in which growth is harder to 
find for many other retailers. We already sell many of the well-known consumer brands 
in product categories where brands are an important customer requirement, whether 
that’s from packaged food to household goods, pet food to toys, or electrical goods to 
DIY. And every year more and more brand owners are joining us on our journey, which 
is great for customers and for us. 

Big Savings

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

7

STRATEGY IN ACTION continued

Digitalmarketing

We connect directly with our customers through 
digital marketing. We actively use social media, 
our online newsletter and our website to 
engage with customers and raise awareness 
of new store launches, new products, pricing 
and offers, competitions and seasonal 
campaigns as a means of driving sales and 
also as part of building the B&M brand. 

8

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Digitalmarketing

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

As well as great value, newness in our ranges is a big part of our appeal for customers. 
There’s always something new at B&M with 100 new products a week on our shelves, plus 
the changing seasonal emphasis across our categories, from garden and outdoor in the 
Spring and Summer to toys and Christmas through Autumn and Winter. 

By responding to our customers’ desire to keep up to date with what’s new, we now 
have well over 1 million Facebook likes. Last December we had a record 5.5 million visits 
to the B&M website. Over 660,000 people have also actively requested that our regular 
on-line newsletter is sent straight to their email boxes, so they get to see what’s new as 
soon as it’s in the stores.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

9

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

B&M has made excellent progress over the past twelve months, 
delivering outstanding results, making good progress with the 
implementation of its strategy for growth and a powerful return 
in its trading performance in the second half of the period. 

“Through the strength of its 
unique business model and its 
continued rapid expansion, 
B&M is emerging as one of the 
clear leaders in the structural 
shift toward value retail which is 
increasingly shaping the 
retailing industry.”

Sir Terry Leahy
Chairman

Revenue

£2,430.7m
+19.4%
2016: £2,035.3m

10

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

This stronger performance reinforces our confidence in the outlook for 
the business in the year ahead, for three important reasons:
• 

first, it helps to offset significant cost headwinds which all retailers 
are having to manage at present, particularly including the effect 
of the introduction of the living wage, rising business rates and the 
weakening of the pound against the US dollar from the onset of the 
Brexit referendum; 

• 

•  secondly, it affirms that the B&M offer continues to resonate well 
with customers during a period of economic uncertainty and 
profound structural change in UK retailing in particular; and
finally, our trading form is primarily driven by rising customer 
numbers, and this acceleration reinforces our belief that the 
business still has huge scope for further store expansion ahead, 
particularly given the large number of catchments where we have 
little or no representation presently.

Looking ahead, with the broader economic and consumer climate 
remaining uncertain, and with inflation returning to the UK economy 
for the first time in several years, we believe B&M is extremely 
well-positioned to prosper in a more challenging retailing 
environment generally. 

Sir Terry Leahy
Chairman
24 May 2017

I am pleased to report to shareholders another successful year for 
B&M, following its third year as a public company. The business has 
made excellent progress over the past twelve months, delivering 
outstanding results, making good progress with the implementation 
of its strategy for growth and showing a powerful return to trading 
form during the second half of the financial year.

In 2016/17, B&M has achieved further strong increases in revenues, 
profits and cash generation. In the three years since the IPO, the 
business has grown revenues by 91.1%, adjusted EBITDA* by 85.6% 
and operating cash flow by 135.6%. Few retailers, whether online, 
through stores or multi-channel retailing, have delivered similarly 
outstanding, high returning growth consistently in that same period.

Through the strength of its unique business model and its continued 
rapid expansion, B&M is emerging as one of the clear leaders in the 
structural shift to value retail which is increasingly shaping the 
retailing industry, both in the UK and in Europe. We added 72 new 
stores in the UK and Germany combined during the year, being 57 net 
of closures and relocations, and we plan to open at least a further 55 
during the current year in the UK and Germany together. 

Given the high-returning nature of our store formats, we are confident 
the business has many years of profitable expansion ahead of it in its 
chosen markets. 

One of the most pleasing features of B&M’s performance has been the 
robust return of trading momentum in the UK business during the second 
half of the financial year, and also into the early weeks of the new 
financial year, with like-for-like sales picking up strongly in our third 
quarter, helped by a very successful Christmas period. Easter trading has 
also been very strong, benefitting from this year’s later timing of the bank 
holidays as well as some warm, dry spring weather. 

*  

The directors consider adjusted figures to be more reflective of the underlying business 
performance of the Group and believe that this measure provides additional useful 
information for investors on the Group’s performance. See reconciliation of adjusted 
measures to statutory measures on page 25.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

11

MARKET OVERVIEW

Wellpositioned

UK

We principally operate in the UK retail market and 
our store network comprises 537 stores. The UK 
market is broadly split into two main segments, 
grocery retailers and specialist retailers and 
there is also an emerging third segment; general 
merchandise discount retailers, in which we 
believe we are a leading player.

Germany

We have been operating in Germany since 
2014, following our acquisition of an 80% 
stake in Jawoll in April of that year. The 
German retail market had store-based retail 
value sales of €416 billion in 2016 and has 
grown by a compound annual growth rate 
of 1.4% between 2011 and 2016. (Source: 
Euromonitor International)

There are a very significant number of catchments 
still without a B&M store in the UK and potential for 
considerable expansion looking ahead in Germany.

UK retail market

£301bn.approx

UK stores

Target 950

2017

2016

2015

German retail market

€416bn.approx

German stores

537

499

425

2017

2016

2015

75

56

50

12

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

UK merchandise
The UK retail market had total store-based retail sales of £301 billion in 
2016 and has grown by a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 
1.0% between 2011 and 2016. (Source: Euromonitor International)

the original 850 store target. Those stores either have a lower 
catchment population or a higher socio demographic profile, but the 
return on investment in those locations remains very attractive. We 
therefore now believe a UK store target of 950 is achievable.

Our market
Grocery retailers account for the largest segment with total store-based 
retail value sales of £164 billion, which have grown by a CAGR of 1.6% 
between 2011 and 2016. Specialist retailers, which include apparel, 
electronics, health and beauty, home and garden, leisure and 
department stores, had total store-based retail value sales of £130 billion 
in 2016, which remained flat between 2011 and 2016. General 
merchandise discount retailers, which principally include retailers that 
focus on a discount price model, including those that specialise on fixed 
prices but excluding grocery retail, had total store-based retail value sales 
of £7.0 billion in 2016, growing by a CAGR of 9.0% between 2011 and 2016. 
(Source: Euromonitor International).

Our multi-segment positioning allows us to compete across all three 
retail segments. We have several core categories we focus on within 
each segment. In the grocery segment, we focus mainly on ambient 
grocery products (confectionery, soft drinks, canned food, shelf-stable 
meals etc.); in the speciality segment, we focus on home and home 
related products (soft furnishings, decorative products, kitchen 
equipment, electrical products etc.), seasonal products (toys, garden, 
Christmas decorations) and DIY. However, there are certain large 
categories in which we do not compete significantly, such as fresh, 
chilled and frozen foods in the grocery segment and fashion apparel in 
the speciality segments, both of which constitute significant parts of the 
UK retail market.

UK opportunities
B&M has the ability to trade profitably across a range of retail locations 
including town centres, urban district malls, city centre secondary 
pitches, retail parks and solus standalone sites. We operate a wide 
range of store sizes in these locations from 5,000 sq ft to 40,000 sq ft. 
The stores we opened in FY17 averaged 20,000 sq ft and, given both 
the location and size flexibility, there are many towns and cities yet still 
that could support multiple stores. We believe that a store target of 950 
stores in the UK is readily achievable, and we currently trade from 537 
locations. We originally had a target of 850 stores at the time of the IPO 
in June 2014. We have recently updated the analysis based on external 
consultancy research to include those stores which have opened since 
2014. We are now trading from 70 locations which were not included in 

German merchandise
The German retail market is broadly split into three main segments: 
grocery retailers, specialist retailers, and general merchandise 
discount retailers. Grocery retailers in Germany had total store-based 
retail value sales of €199 billion, which have grown by a CAGR of 1.5% 
between 2011 and 2016. Specialist retailers in Germany had total 
store-based retail value sales of €215 billion in 2016. General 
merchandise discount retailers, had total store-based retail value 
sales of €2 billion in 2016. (Sources: Euromonitor International, which 
includes all companies in the Euromonitor defined ‘variety stores’ 
segment except Tchibo due to the lack of comparability).

Jawoll principally competes in the German general merchandise discount 
segment with only a limited range of grocery items, thereby differentiating 
itself from the highly competitive grocery discount channel dominated by 
Aldi and Lidl. Jawoll’s strength in seasonal goods, household goods and 
gardening products differentiate it from other non-grocery discount 
retailers. The partnership with B&M provides Jawoll with the opportunity 
to expand the breadth of its non-grocery range, as well as to potentially 
develop its branded grocery and FMCG offer.

German opportunities
We believe that Jawoll has the opportunity to expand both within its 
core regions and outside those regions. In the last financial year we 
opened 10 stores organically and we acquired a 9-store chain which 
we have converted to the Jawoll store facia and format.

The German value retail market appears fragmented without a leading 
variety goods retailer operating successfully on a national scale.

We have successfully trialled some smaller stores in the last financial 
year, which allow for more site opportunities than those typical of the 
current Jawoll estate which is largely out-of-town.

Note: Certain information on pages 12 and 13 above on the general merchandise 
discount retail market is from independent market research carried out by 
Euromonitor International Limited but should not be relied upon in making, or 
refraining from making, any investment decision. Any statements sourced from 
Euromonitor International regarding market data refer to data on estimated sales  
as of November 2016.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

13

BUSINESS MODEL

Valueretailing

Inputs: Strengths

Operation

Modern store network 
Our network of over 600 well-located and well-invested 
stores, mostly acquired or built in the last 10 years, are in 
convenient locations in high streets, popular district 
centres or modern retail parks close to where people live. 
They are easy to get to and easy to shop for customers.

 See page 13 for more detail. 

Well-invested infrastructure
We have a modern supply chain and scalable systems 
infrastructure to support the operations and growth of the 
business. In 2015/16 we increased our distribution centre 
operations with the commissioning of 2 large new further 
Distribution Centres, providing us with an additional 
800,000 sq ft of distribution centre capacity.

Strong & growing brand reputation
The B&M brand in the UK and Jawoll in North-Western 
Germany each have a strong and growing reputation for 
delivering consistently great value, innovation and 
newness on the things people buy regularly for their 
homes and families and that’s what keeps customers 
coming back to our stores week-in, week-out.

Skilled buying teams & lasting supplier 
relationships
Keeping our ranges at the leading edge of value as well 
as fresh and on-trend takes skill, experience and 
discipline. It’s also about developing and maintaining 
strong long-term supplier relationships, and many of our 
suppliers have grown with us over many years.

1

Targeted grocery offering
We offer a targeted range of branded convenience grocery products at 
competitive prices which are located at the front of each B&M store, 
which delivers great value to our customers. The offer is complementary 
to, rather than a substitute for, a customer’s weekly grocery shop. We 
enjoy long standing relationships with many global FMCG suppliers 
ensuring consistency of supply and delivery.

2

Compelling non-grocery offer 
We sell non-grocery products across a broad range of product 
categories including housewares, electrical, gardening, toys 
and petcare. This broad choice of general merchandise at great 
value encourages a “treasure hunt” browsing experience, which is 
something customers enjoy and also offers us the opportunity to  
drive average transaction values.

3

Disruptive sourcing process
Our direct sourcing process is a key element of our ability to offer 
non-grocery products at competitive or disruptive prices without 
compromising on product quality. Our buying teams are constantly 
monitoring the prevailing consumer trends and we invest in our 
in-house design capability to develop new products and designs, 
which we then source directly from factories in the Far East without the 
need for a Far East exporter or UK distributor in the supply chain, 
ensuring we benefit from advantageous cost prices.

4

SKU discipline
We maintain a disciplined approach to SKUs (“Stock Keeping Unit”), 
focused on the “best sellers” only. This focus and hence volume for the 
selected SKU creates buying power and allows us to benefit from 
advantageous buying terms. This SKU discipline also ensures that our 
buying teams adopt a “clear as you go” markdown strategy since we 
aim to sell through an under-performing SKU prior to introducing 
a new product into the range.

14

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

B&M is a limited range discount retailer 
with stores across the UK and in Germany, 
selling an assortment of grocery and 
general merchandise products.

Operation

Outputs: Creating stakeholder value

Customers 
Our key focus is on creating value for customers. B&M and 
Jawoll are about helping our customers spend less on the 
things they buy regularly for their homes and families; 
that’s what the B&M business model is designed to 
deliver consistently whatever the broader economic 
outlook.

Employees 
Our people are vital to the delivery of the B&M and Jawoll 
offer for customers and our growth provides job 
opportunities in the communities where we trade. Also 
importantly, there’s plenty of scope for everyone to get on 
and build a career in our businesses as they continue to 
expand at a significant rate.

Partners 
Growth is not just good for B&M and Jawoll, but it’s very 
good for our suppliers, many of whom have been with us 
for a number of years, being well-known brands, or more 
recently as partners with us in the development of 
exclusive and other branded product ranges. 

Investors
Creating value for our other stakeholders is an essential 
underpin to creating shareholder value for investors. 
B&M’s characteristics of low capital-intensity and high 
returning cash generative growth, is a relatively rare and 
powerful combination in retailing today. 

5

Seasonal flex
We actively change our store floor space throughout the year so 
that the product offering is aligned to seasonal trading patterns. 
The seasonal space is typically 20% of the store footprint and in 
the Spring/Summer season we offer a compelling range of 
garden and outdoor living products, whereas in the Autumn/
Winter season this space is occupied by ranges of toys and 
Christmas decorations. This allows us to minimise seasonal low 
trading periods, unlike single category specialist retailers.

6

Format flexibility
We are able to successfully trade from both town centre and out 
of town locations. The town centre stores are well positioned to 
benefit from convenience shopping and have a greater 
emphasis on grocery and FMCG products, whereas the out of 
town stores carry the full product offering. This flexible approach 
ensures we have the ability to open new stores in a wide range 
of locations and that new store growth is not inhibited.

7

Cost efficiency
The adherence to a low cost discipline is key to ensuring we can 
maintain a price advantage over our competitors. We do not 
seek to open stores in prime shopping centres or prime city 
centre locations where there is more demand for retail space. 
We are therefore able to maintain a low store rent base. Our 
limited SKU discipline ensures that variable operating costs as a 
percentage of sales can be tightly controlled. We pass the 
savings from our low cost model to our consumers in the form of 
everyday low prices.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

15

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW

B&M is at the centre of one of the most appealing sweet spots 
in retailing today, with a winning, value-led, low cost, focused 
assortment offer aimed at customers who enjoy or who need 
a bargain. 

“Our buying and store 
operations teams have 
delivered attractive, great 
value products in stores, 
which are increasingly set 
out well for customers with 
more consistent standards 
and quality of service.” 

Simon Arora
Chief Executive Officer

Profit Before Tax

£182.9m
+18.4%
2016: £154.5m

16

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Overview 
Almost three years have passed since the IPO of B&M and I am very 
pleased with the progress we have made in that time. During that 
period we have expanded our UK store network by 44%, grown our 
revenues by 91.1% and our adjusted EBITDA* by 85.6%, successfully 
integrated our first international acquisition of Jawoll and grown its 
store estate by over 50%. We now have over 26,000 colleagues in the 
UK and Germany and today we are a more regular part of customers’ 
shopping habits in the locations where we currently trade. 

For many commentators, the current economic uncertainty is 
generating concern about UK consumers and the impact on the retail 
sector. At B&M we know we are at our best when household budgets 
are under pressure and consumers are looking even harder at 
making savings. In an environment of rising prices, we think that 
consumers become even more receptive to discount propositions 
such as ours. We are therefore confident that the business is 
well-positioned to deliver further growth in the year ahead, even in an 
uncertain political environment or challenging economy.

The structural shift toward value in retailing, in which B&M has 
emerged as a UK leader, still has a long way to run, irrespective of the 
economic climate. Even with the very good progress we have made 
since our IPO, there remains a significant growth opportunity in both 
the UK and those European markets which are still underpenetrated 
by general merchandise discount formats. Our market shares within 
individual product categories remain very small which provides scope 
for the business to maintain an attractive level of growth in the UK and 
as we extend our geographic reach in the years ahead. 

Our business is better equipped to grasp this opportunity than it has 
ever been before. Operationally we are in very good shape having 
invested in our stores, supply chain management and product 
assortment. Our product offering has been winning new customers, 
not just in new locations but also in existing stores. We had a strong 
Spring/Summer season this year, and at Christmas we delivered 
strong growth on top of an already very good performance in that 
period in the previous year, which contributed to our best-ever 
quarterly like-for-like sales performance in our third quarter this year. 

Our buying and store operations teams have delivered attractive, 
great value products in stores, which are increasingly well set out for 
customers with more consistent standards and quality of service. Our 
supply chain infrastructure has grown significantly in the last three 
years to support our growth and we are benefiting from greater 
stability from the two additional distribution centres we commissioned 
in 2015. The combination of these things has helped to contribute to 
and underpin the stronger trading momentum we have achieved 
through the second half of the 2017 financial year and into the early 
weeks of the new financial year. 

Strategic Development
B&M’s strategy for driving sustainable growth in revenues, earnings 
and free cash flow has four key elements and the business has made 
good progress during the year with each of these priorities, 
strengthening its position as the UK’s leading general merchandise 
value retailer:
1.  Delivering great value to our customers;
2.  Investing in new stores;
3.  Developing our international business; and
4.  Investing in our people and infrastructure.

*  

The directors consider adjusted figures to be more reflective of the underlying business 
performance of the Group and believe that this measure provides additional useful 
information for investors on the Group’s performance. See reconciliation of adjusted 
measures to statutory measures on page 25.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

17

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW continued

Delivering great value for our customers
B&M has grown fast and built-up scale, but our customer offer 
remains a simple one. We sell a wide but disciplined range of 
products at everyday low prices which are consistently and 
significantly below those offered by both specialist and general 
retailers. We offer a range of categories from soft drinks to DIY and 
from pet care to stationery, but within each we focus on the 
best-selling products. This disciplined approach to ranging is 
integral to the efficiency of our business model and supports B&M’s 
highly competitive pricing proposition. 

We largely source products direct from producers, including major 
brands from the large multi-national FMCG companies, as well as our 
own exclusive ranges through long-established supplier relationships 
in the Far East. Our low cost, uncomplicated but disruptive model 
means that we can pass on big savings to our customers. 

Our range is constantly changing so customers can always find 
something new in store. We also flex a big portion of our store 
space from season to season and also in non-seasonal 
promotional events for selected product categories. For example we 
emphasise toys in the period up to Christmas, gardening in the 
Spring and Summer months and non-seasonal promotions during 
‘shoulder’ months such as home cleaning products, pet care and 
furniture. Customers increasingly see B&M as a destination for 
these types of products and more, from Christmas decorations and 
gifts to garden furniture and plants. We saw a very strong 
performance in each of these categories particularly during 2017, as 
well as in DIY and homewares. 

Investing in new stores
We know that customers in Bradford and Bedford or Swinton and 
Swindon are really very similar to one another; they generally want 
the same great value, week-in, week-out on the things they buy 
regularly for their homes and families. Making our offer more 
accessible to the hundreds of communities that don’t already have 
one of our stores today remains therefore a top priority for us. That 
is why we opened 53 more new stores in the UK (38 net of closures 
and relocations) and a further 19 net new stores in Germany in the 
financial year, with between 55 to 65 (40 to 50 in the UK and 15 in 
Germany) planned for the financial year ahead. 

During the year, we took advantage of opportunities to relocate nine 
UK stores, replacing smaller, older, lower contribution Bargain 
format stores, many coming to the end of leases, with larger, 
modern and in some cases purpose-built Homestores, which have 
substantially higher revenue and profit potential. Overall, this activity 
delivered a step up in the quality of our store estate. Importantly, 
these new store opportunities are at attractive rental levels and our 
investment returns continue to be excellent.

As referred to above, the general merchandise discount sector remains 
a small, underpenetrated part of the retail landscape and our business 
is still under-represented in large areas of the UK. At the time of our IPO 
in 2014, we saw the opportunity for up to 850 B&M stores in the UK as 
we expanded successfully, both in our heartland regions and 
increasingly in the south of the country. Our experience over the last 
three years of trading in a wider variety of catchment types, including 
across towns and cities in southern England where previously we had 
few or no stores, has convinced us that we have more scope for 
high-returning expansion than we had assumed. Having looked at the 
potential for expansion again in light of the locations where we have 
opened stores over the last three years, we are confident today that 
there is demand and availability of suitable locations for at least 950 
B&M stores in the UK.

We are now targeting new store numbers in the range 40 to 50 
stores per annum and looking ahead, a larger proportion of our 
new UK stores are likely to be purpose-built. This will mean that 
more of our new stores will be developed to our own specification 
and will be predominantly in our preferred, larger Homestore 
format in retail park locations. Investment returns on these 
purpose-built stores also remain highly attractive.

Developing our international business
We are pleased with Jawoll’s progress overall, particularly in 
delivering a demanding 19 net new store expansion programme in 
the year and a significant increase in Jawoll’s existing supply chain 
infrastructure capacity last Summer. Our colleagues in Jawoll 
should be congratulated on delivering full year revenues of €212.6m 
against €181.5m the prior year, which is a rate of growth that is much 
higher than they had experience of prior to becoming part of the 
Group. 

Progress has also been pleasing in terms of the growth in the 
proportion of directly-sourced general merchandise which has 
continued to grow.

However, a weak performance in its clothing and footwear category 
during the second half of the financial year, linked to unusually cold 
winter weather, has slightly depressed an otherwise good set of 
Jawoll results. Headline profitability was also affected by the 
requirement to take the one-off cost of stock clearance through the 
income statement in respect of the inventory in the nine store Knüller 
chain acquired by Jawoll in the year prior to refurbishment and 
rebranding as Jawoll. We are confident that the absence of these 
factors in the current financial year will see margins rebound.

18

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Investing in our people and infrastructure
We have continued to invest in the recruitment of colleagues in the UK 
and Germany to support our new store opening programmes. The 
total headcount of colleagues in the UK rose from approximately 
22,300 to 24,500 and in Germany from approximately 1,200 to 1,500 
as at the 2016/17 financial year end. 

Outlook 
We look forward to the year ahead and beyond with confidence. The 
business has made an excellent start to the new financial year, even 
allowing for the helpful timing of Easter. We are confident that the first 
quarter as a whole will represent a period of continued strong 
momentum for B&M. 

During the financial year we recruited Andy Monk as our UK Supply 
Chain director. Andy brings with him over 30 years of supply chain 
distribution and logistics experience.

We have invested in a new warehouse management system in the UK 
which we successfully piloted first in one of our 6 distribution centres 
and are now in the process of the next phase of rolling it out across 
the whole warehouse estate.

In Germany following the commissioning of a significant extension to 
the distribution centre at Jawoll’s head office site in Soltau last year, I 
am pleased to report that the additional space is fully operational with 
the project having been very successfully executed by our Jawoll 
team. 

Corporate social responsibility 
B&M is about doing what we can to help our customers spend less on 
everyday things for their homes and families, helping tight household 
budgets go further. While this is our key purpose, we also fully 
recognise that as a responsible business we have obligations to other 
key stakeholders, particularly our colleagues and our suppliers, as 
well as to the wider community and the environment. 

We have made good progress this year on our broader corporate 
responsibility agenda. To highlight a few areas, we have:
•  created 2,500 new local jobs in the UK and Germany together, 

mainly through our store expansion;

•  maintained our commitment to our long-term supplier 

relationships;

•  continued to recycle high levels of supply chain waste, with 100% of 
trade packaging in the UK being recycled and 94.0% in Germany. 

We have a strong, high returning business model, a clear and 
deliverable strategy for growth and excellent, experienced 
management and operational teams. B&M is at the centre of one of 
the most appealing sweet spots in retailing today; a winning, 
value-led, low cost, focused assortment offer aimed at customers 
who enjoy or who need a bargain. Importantly, the improving 
operational performance of the business, which has driven a 
powerful return of trading momentum over recent months can, we 
believe, continue to provide these very appealing qualities to more 
customers, more consistently than ever before.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank all our colleagues for their 
hard work this year. Their passion and loyalty is at the heart of our 
current success.

The retail industry remains competitive and there are of course 
uncertainties around the broader economy and consumer sentiment, 
but we believe B&M is well positioned for whatever challenges and 
opportunities lie ahead.

Simon Arora
Chief Executive Officer
24 May 2017

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

19

STRATEGY

Long-term

focus

Aims

£

Progress

Deliver great value to our customers
We offer our shoppers very attractive prices across a  
range of both grocery and general merchandise products. 

We continue to expand our own label brands in the general 
merchandise product categories which has allowed us to continue to 
increase our mix of directly sourced products from the Far East.

Within our grocery areas our emphasis is on leading 
brands at Every Day Low Prices. Within our general 
merchandise areas we look to develop our licensed  
brand products and maintain a focus on directly  
sourcing these products. 

Our direct to retail licensing model, where we use heritage brands to 
enhance the product quality and value to the customer, has been 
expanded into new areas including electrical goods and small 
appliances, kitchenware and general household goods, and motor  
and cycling maintenance and accessories.

Future objective

Performance KPIs

We aim to provide great value products to our customers, concentrating 

on best-selling lines of branded and private label products.

UK revenue growth 

We will continue to invest in modernising and refitting our store estate to 

provide our customers with a pleasant shopping experience and in a 

safe environment.

+19.4%

UK Like-for-Like sales growth* 

Develop our international business
We wish to replicate our variety retailing model in 
appropriate markets outside of the UK.

In April 2014 the Group acquired a majority stake in Jawoll 
in Germany. We have continued to integrate the Jawoll 
business in relation to our sourcing and retail format and to 
prepare it for greater expansion.

Jawoll opened 10 new stores by organic growth and 9 new stores from 
a small independent chain acquisition this year. 

Those 19 stores now take Jawoll’s total estate to 75 stores overall as at 
the end of the financial year 2016/17.

Jawoll has completed a significant extension to its main distribution 
centre at its head office in Soltau, to provide the necessary supply chain 
capacity to support its store opening expansion plans. This extension 
was successfully executed and is now operational.

Invest in new stores
We believe that B&M has the potential for at least 950 
stores in the UK over the long term and for significantly 
increasing our German store estate over the years ahead.

In the UK we have opened 53 new stores in the financial year 2016/17 
(38 net of closures and relocations). This includes vacant existing 
properties and new build stores.

In Germany our new store expansion in the year was 19 (see further 
above).

Invest in our people and infrastructure
The Group invests in recruitment and the promotion of 
colleagues as new store expansion continues in both the 
UK and Germany. 

Opening new stores and refreshing existing ones is an 
ongoing programme across our store estates in the UK 
and Germany.

We have strengthened our Supply Chain team with the appointment of 
Andy Monk as UK Supply Chain Director, and we have continued to invest 
in other key functions across our businesses in the UK and Germany.

In the UK we created approximately 2,200 new jobs and in Germany 
approximately 300 in the year under review.

We have continued to recognise the need to continually refresh our 
existing store estate and we invested £14.4m across the Group in 
maintenance capital expenditure as part of a rolling programme of 
continuous investment in the store estate, in the financial year 2016/17.

20

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

We plan to grow our store estate in Germany through organic store 

openings by c. 10-15% in store numbers per annum, as well as looking 

Germany new store growth 

+3.1%

 For more information see page 23

+33.9%

 For more information see page 18

53

 For more information see page 18

+9.4%

 For more information see page 19

UK gross new store openings

for in-fill acquisition opportunities.

We will ensure that appropriate investments in infrastructure and people 

are made to facilitate that growth.

We look for acquisition opportunities in other European countries where 

we believe the business could provide a platform to roll out the B&M 

model in these locations, and where we believe the capital invested will 

provide an acceptable level of return.

We have a UK target to grow our estate to 950 stores. We currently have 

537 stores and we are targeting to open 40-50 stores per annum, 

depending upon the availability of suitable locations. The achievement 

of this target will provide the UK business with at least another 8 years  

of growth.

next 3 years.

Additionally, investments will be made in the HGV fleet and IT systems  

to ensure we continue to have a fit for purpose infrastructure.

Growing our estate to 950 stores will require additional colleagues to 

work in those stores and the warehouses servicing them. We will 

continue to invest to ensure that we have appropriate processes to 

attract, retain and incentivise colleagues, as well as continuing to invest  

in strengthening the management team and the central head  

office functions.

To ensure we can service the store estate in an efficient manner as we 

grow, we plan to invest in a new warehouse in the South of the UK in the 

New colleagues across the Group

 
Aims

£

Progress

Deliver great value to our customers

We offer our shoppers very attractive prices across a  

range of both grocery and general merchandise products. 

We continue to expand our own label brands in the general 

merchandise product categories which has allowed us to continue to 

increase our mix of directly sourced products from the Far East.

Within our grocery areas our emphasis is on leading 

brands at Every Day Low Prices. Within our general 

merchandise areas we look to develop our licensed  

brand products and maintain a focus on directly  

sourcing these products. 

Our direct to retail licensing model, where we use heritage brands to 

enhance the product quality and value to the customer, has been 

expanded into new areas including electrical goods and small 

appliances, kitchenware and general household goods, and motor  

and cycling maintenance and accessories.

Develop our international business

We wish to replicate our variety retailing model in 

appropriate markets outside of the UK.

In April 2014 the Group acquired a majority stake in Jawoll 

in Germany. We have continued to integrate the Jawoll 

business in relation to our sourcing and retail format and to 

prepare it for greater expansion.

Jawoll opened 10 new stores by organic growth and 9 new stores from 

a small independent chain acquisition this year. 

Those 19 stores now take Jawoll’s total estate to 75 stores overall as at 

the end of the financial year 2016/17.

Jawoll has completed a significant extension to its main distribution 

centre at its head office in Soltau, to provide the necessary supply chain 

capacity to support its store opening expansion plans. This extension 

was successfully executed and is now operational.

Invest in new stores

We believe that B&M has the potential for at least 950 

stores in the UK over the long term and for significantly 

increasing our German store estate over the years ahead.

In the UK we have opened 53 new stores in the financial year 2016/17 

(38 net of closures and relocations). This includes vacant existing 

properties and new build stores.

In Germany our new store expansion in the year was 19 (see further 

above).

Invest in our people and infrastructure

The Group invests in recruitment and the promotion of 

colleagues as new store expansion continues in both the 

We have strengthened our Supply Chain team with the appointment of 

Andy Monk as UK Supply Chain Director, and we have continued to invest 

in other key functions across our businesses in the UK and Germany.

UK and Germany. 

Opening new stores and refreshing existing ones is an 

ongoing programme across our store estates in the UK 

and Germany.

In the UK we created approximately 2,200 new jobs and in Germany 

approximately 300 in the year under review.

We have continued to recognise the need to continually refresh our 

existing store estate and we invested £14.4m across the Group in 

maintenance capital expenditure as part of a rolling programme of 

continuous investment in the store estate, in the financial year 2016/17.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

How we plan to deliver our objectives:

Future objective

Performance KPIs

We aim to provide great value products to our customers, concentrating 
on best-selling lines of branded and private label products.

UK revenue growth 

We will continue to invest in modernising and refitting our store estate to 
provide our customers with a pleasant shopping experience and in a 
safe environment.

+19.4%

UK Like-for-Like sales growth* 

+3.1%

 For more information see page 23

Germany new store growth 

+33.9%

 For more information see page 18

UK gross new store openings

53

 For more information see page 18

New colleagues across the Group

+9.4%

 For more information see page 19

* 

Like-for-like revenues includes each store’s revenue for that part of the current period 
that falls at least 14 months after it opened; and it is compared with its revenue for the 
corresponding part of the previous period. This 14 month approach has been taken 
as it excludes the two month halo period which new stores experience  
following opening. 

We plan to grow our store estate in Germany through organic store 
openings by c. 10-15% in store numbers per annum, as well as looking 
for in-fill acquisition opportunities.

We will ensure that appropriate investments in infrastructure and people 
are made to facilitate that growth.

We look for acquisition opportunities in other European countries where 
we believe the business could provide a platform to roll out the B&M 
model in these locations, and where we believe the capital invested will 
provide an acceptable level of return.

We have a UK target to grow our estate to 950 stores. We currently have 
537 stores and we are targeting to open 40-50 stores per annum, 
depending upon the availability of suitable locations. The achievement 
of this target will provide the UK business with at least another 8 years  
of growth.

To ensure we can service the store estate in an efficient manner as we 
grow, we plan to invest in a new warehouse in the South of the UK in the 
next 3 years.

Additionally, investments will be made in the HGV fleet and IT systems  
to ensure we continue to have a fit for purpose infrastructure.

Growing our estate to 950 stores will require additional colleagues to 
work in those stores and the warehouses servicing them. We will 
continue to invest to ensure that we have appropriate processes to 
attract, retain and incentivise colleagues, as well as continuing to invest  
in strengthening the management team and the central head  
office functions.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

21

 
FINANCIAL REVIEW

Our revenues, gross margin, profit and cash generation all 
showed a strong performance in the year.

“The like-for-like store estate 
has benefitted from the 
operational improvements 
in the supply chain leading 
to better on-shelf product 
availability and strong 
seasonal ranging.”

Paul McDonald
Chief Financial Officer

Increase in store estate FY17

+10.3%

Number of stores 25 March 2017

612

2016: 555

Adjusted Profit Before Tax3

£190.1m
+25.6%
2016: £151.4m 

22

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Accounting period
The FY2017 accounting period represents the 52 trading weeks to 25 
March 2017 and the comparative FY2016 period represents trading for 
the 52 weeks to 26 March 2016.

Revenue
The Group revenue in FY2017 was £2,430.7m (FY2016: £2,035.3m), this 
represents an increase of 19.4% and on a constant currency basis, an 
18.3% increase1.

In the UK, revenues increased by 18.4% to £2,252.3m, principally 
driven by the new store openings, including both the annualisation of 
revenues from the 74 net new store openings in FY2016 and the 38 net 
new store openings in FY2017. 

There was a total of 53 new store openings and 15 store closures in the 
year. The 53 openings contributed revenues of £152.3m in FY2017, the 
new stores have performed well and returns on investment remain 
attractive. The 15 store closures include nine relocations, where we 
have taken advantage of opportunities to relocate stores to larger, 
more modern premises, with higher levels of store contribution. These 
relocations allow us to provide our customers with access to our full 
offer in those catchments.

Sales in the like-for-like store estate2 grew by +3.1% (FY2016: +0.9%) with a 
particularly strong performance in the second half of the year. The 
exceptionally strong third quarter performance of +7.2% was followed by 
pleasing growth of +2.9% in the fourth quarter, despite the negative 
impact of Easter trading falling into our new financial year. In total, we 
achieved like-for-like growth of +5.4% during the second half of FY2017.

Some of the factors that had impacted the like-for-like performance in 
FY2016 have started to ease, including deflation on grocery retail 
prices and the cannibalisation of revenues from the record number of 
new store openings in FY2016. We have annualised the FY2016 new 
stores openings as the year has progressed and as the economy has 
entered a more inflationary environment towards the end of FY2017. 
Additionally, the like-for-like store estate has benefitted from the 
operational improvements in the supply chain leading to better 
on-shelf product availability and strong seasonal ranging.

In our German business Jawoll, revenues grew to £178.4m, which  
was a 34.4% increase over the £132.7m achieved in FY2016. In local 
currency revenues increased by 17.1% which was driven by the 19  
new stores opened in the year and the annualisation of the 6 stores 
opened in FY2016 combined with modest like-for-like revenue growth.

Gross margin
Our gross margins increased by 26 basis points to 34.8% (FY2016: 34.5%). 
In the UK business the margin increased by 29 basis points. We managed 
to mitigate the adverse impact of US Dollar strength through a range of 
factors such as increased buying power, some product re-engineering 
and an improved sales mix towards higher margin general merchandise. 
In Germany we saw a margin deterioration of 55 basis points to 37.3%, 
affected by the strength of the US Dollar and the one-off impact of clearing 
the entirety of the stock in the nine store chain that we acquired in the year 
prior to those stores’ conversion to the Jawoll format.

Operating costs and adjusted EBITDA3
Costs continue to be carefully controlled whilst allowing strategic 
investments to be made in the head office functions in both the UK 
and German businesses ahead of anticipated future growth. The 
operating costs of the Group in FY2017, excluding depreciation and 
adjusting costs, grew by 19.7% to £610.9m, including new store 
pre-opening costs. The depreciation and amortisation charge grew by 
27.4% to £26.0m, largely reflecting the investment in new stores.

In the UK, operating costs excluding depreciation and adjusting costs 
increased to £556.0m (FY2016: £471.9m), an increase of 17.8% and costs as 
a percentage of revenues decreased by 12 basis points to 24.7%. The new 
store opening programme was the principal reason for the cost increases, 
driven by the number of new store openings in the year and the 
annualisation of costs from the new store openings in FY2016 and the 
variable operating costs required to service the new stores.

Additionally, within operating costs the UK business incurred an increase 
in fixed occupancy costs of £1.2m in the year, as a result of the 
annualisation of costs from the warehouses that were opened part way 
through FY2016. For the first time the UK business invested in a national TV 
advertising campaign in the run up to Christmas 2016 and some more 
localised TV advertising in the last quarter of the year at a total cost of 
£4.0m. New store pre-opening costs of £4.6m were £2.4m lower than last 
year as a result of the lower number of new store openings.

In Germany, costs excluding depreciation and adjusting costs increased 
by 42.1% to £54.9m, at constant currency 23.9%. This reflected the increase 
in costs as a result of the 19 stores that were opened in the year, the 
annualisation of costs from those stores opened in FY2016 and a further 
£1.1m incurred on new store pre-opening costs following the acceleration 
in the store opening programme. The business incurred additional costs 
associated with investments being made ahead of the planned new store 
growth, including those costs associated with the new warehouse as well 
as investments in head office teams including the new store acquisition 
team.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

23

FINANCIAL REVIEW continued

We report an adjusted EBITDA3 to allow investors to understand 
better the underlying performance of the business, and the items 
that we have adjusted are detailed in note 3 on page 81, they 
totalled £3.4m in FY2017 (FY2016 £(3.6)m).

In the UK the adjusted EBITDA3 increased by 23.4% to £223.2m 
(FY2016: £180.9m) and in Germany adjusted EBITDA3 increased by 
0.4% to £11.7m. The Group adjusted EBITDA3 increased in the year by 
22.0% to £234.9m (FY2016: £192.5m) and on a statutory accounting 
basis EBITDA3 increased by 18.1% to £231.5m (FY2016: £196.1m).

Financing costs
During the year the Group refinanced its existing debt and 
introduced a high yield bond, and we replaced the £440m bank 
debt and £150m revolving credit facility with a £300m bank term 
loan, maturing in August 2021, a £250m 5-year high yield bond at a 
coupon of 4.125% and a new £150m revolving credit facility. The 
Group has received a net inflow of cash of £104.8m after fees. The 
refinancing has allowed the Group to extend the term on its debt, to 
diversify the sources of capital with the introduction of a high yield 
bond, whilst ensuring that we have sufficient facilities to operate, 
invest and continue to grow the business.

The net interest charge in the year was £22.6m (FY2016: £21.1m), 
representing an increase of 7.0%. The interest cost can be split 
between the underlying cost of £18.7m which comprises bank and 
finance lease interest and interest receivable £17.3m (FY2016: 
£19.2m) amortised fees of £1.4m (FY2016: £1.4m). The balance is the 
exceptional non-cash cost of £3.7m for fees written off relating to 
the previous bank and debt facilities and the non-cash interest 
charge on the Jawoll put/call option £0.2m (FY2016: £0.4m).

Profit before tax
The statutory profit before tax was £182.9m, which compares to 
£154.5m in FY2016. We also report an adjusted profit before tax to 
allow investors to understand better the operating performance of 
the business. The adjusted profit before tax3 was £190.1m (FY2016: 
£151.4m) which reflected a 25.6% increase.

Taxation
The tax charge for the year was £38.9m (£28.7m in FY2016). The 
FY2016 tax figure was impacted by a prior year adjustment of £1.8m 
relating to the FY2015 tax return which related to the treatment of 
interest on the pre-IPO capital structure and a non-cash credit of 
£2.0m relating to the deferred tax on the brand asset as a result of 
the future reduction in the rate of corporation tax. The underlying 
charge at 21.3% was in line with last year (FY2016: 21.1%). We expect 
the tax charge going forward to reflect the mix of the impact of the 
tax rates in the countries in which we operate, being 19% in the UK 
and 30% in Germany, with the effective rate likely to be 
approximately 70 basis points higher, reflecting non-qualifying 
expenditure.

As a Group we are committed to paying the right tax in the territories in 
which we operate. In the UK the total tax we paid was £213.7m. This is 
mostly those taxes which are ultimately borne by the company in the 
sum of £121.9m, which includes corporation tax, customs duties, 
business rates, employers national insurance contributions and stamp 
duty land taxes. The balance of £91.8m are taxes we collect from 
customers and employees on behalf of the UK Exchequer which 
includes Value Added Tax, Pay As You Earn and employee national 
insurance contributions. A detailed breakdown is provided below.

d
e

t
c
e

l

l

o

C

C

o

m

p

a

n

y

UK Tax £213.7m

27.2%  Business rates
13.8%  Corporation tax
10.0%  Customs
5.4% 
ER NI
0.6%   Other
32.5%  VAT
5.9%  PAYE
EE NI
4.6% 

Profit after tax and earnings per share 
The profit after tax was £144.0m compared to £125.8m in FY2016 
and the fully diluted earnings per share was 14.3p (FY2016: 12.4p), 
being an increase of 15.3%.

On an adjusted profit after tax basis3, which we consider to be a 
better measure of performance due to the reasons outlined above, 
it was £149.9m which was a 21.5% increase over last year (FY2016: 
£123.4m) and the adjusted fully diluted earnings per share* was 
14.9p (FY2016: 12.2p), being an increase of 22.1%.

Investing activities
The Group’s net capital expenditure during the year was £50.4m. This 
was principally driven by the new store opening programme, with 72 
gross stores having been opened in the year, with a capital expenditure 
of £28.1m and £4.4m in the UK and German businesses respectively. 
We ended the year with 537 stores in the UK and 75 in Germany. 

The Group additionally incurred infrastructure expenditure of £3.5m 
including the expenditure associated with the warehouse extension 
in Germany and new warehouse management software in the UK.

The Group also continues to invest in its existing store estate, and an 
additional £14.4m was incurred on maintenance expenditure, 
representing 0.6% of revenues, including investments made in store 
refits and IT hardware.

We additionally incurred a further £2.4m on acquiring a nine store 
chain in Germany.

* 

The directors consider adjusted figures to be more reflective of the underlying 
business performance of the Group and believe that this measure provides 
additional useful information for investors on the Group’s performance.  
See reconciliation of adjusted measures to statutory measures  
on page 25.

24

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
 
 
                              
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Net debt and cashflow
The Group continues to be strongly cash generative and during the year 
the cash flow from operations increased by 23.4% to £210.9m (FY2016: 
£170.9m). This reflects the continued growth in EBITDA3 and the tight 
control over working capital, with the year end working capital as a 
percentage of revenue being 9.2% (FY2016: 9.4%), and the attractive 
cash paybacks from the new store opening programme.

During the year the Group paid £151.0m of dividends including a 
£100.0m special dividend and there was a net inflow of cash of 
£104.8m as a result of the refinancing.

The Group’s net debt in the year has increased to £401.9m (FY2016: £354.2m) 
and the net debt to adjusted EBITDA3 has fallen to 1.71 times from 1.84 times 
at the end of FY2016, remaining well within our 2.25 times target.

The Board adopted a long-term capital allocation policy in 2016 to provide 
a framework to help investors understand how the Group will continue to 
balance the funding requirements of a growth business like B&M with the 
desire to return surplus capital to shareholders. The Board will continue to 
evaluate opportunities to invest and support the growth of the business 
along with the scope for any incremental return of capital to shareholders 
in the context of that framework.

Ordinary dividend
An interim dividend of 1.9p was paid in December 2016 and it is proposed 
to pay a final dividend of 3.9p per share. The total dividend of 5.8p for the 
2016/17 financial year reflects the upper end of the dividend policy of 30 to 
40% of normalised post IPO earnings**. Subject to approval of the dividend 
by shareholders at the AGM on 28 July 2017, the final dividend of 3.9p per 
share is to be paid on 4 August 2017 to shareholders on the register of the 
Company at the close of business on 23 June 2017. The ex-dividend date 
will be 22 June 2017. 

**  Dividends are stated as gross amounts before deduction of Luxembourg withholding tax 

which is currently 15%.

Paul McDonald
Chief Financial Officer
24 May 2017

1 

2 

3 

Constant currency comparison involves restating the prior year Euro revenues using the 
same exchange rate as used to translate the current year Euro revenues.
Like-for-like revenues includes each store’s revenue for that part of the current period 
that falls at least 14 months after it opened; and it is compared with its revenue for the 
corresponding part of the previous period. This 14 month approach has been taken as it 
excludes the two month halo period which new stores experience following opening. 
EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Profit are non-IFRS measures and therefore  
we provide a reconciliation from the statement of comprehensive income opposite. 
EBITDA represents profit on ordinary activities before net finance costs, taxation, 
depreciation and amortisation.

Summary operating profit

£ millions 

Number of stores

UK

Germany

Total stores

Revenue

Gross profit

%

Adjusted operating costs

UK

Germany

Adjusted EBITDA

%

Depreciation

Interest

Adjusted profit before tax

Exceptional costs

Exceptional interest costs

Profit before tax

2017

2016

%

537

75

612

499

56

555

2,430.7

2,035.3

845.8

34.8%

703.0

34.5%

(556.0)

(471.9)

(54.9)

234.9

9.7%

(26.0)

(18.7)

190.1

(3.4)

(3.9)

182.9

(38.6)

192.5

9.5%

(20.4)

(20.7)

151.4

3.6

(0.4)

154.5

+7.6%

+33.9%

+10.3%

+19.4%

+20.3%

0.3%

+17.8%

+42.1%

+22.0%

+0.2%

+27.4%

-9.4%

+25.6%

-194.2%

+765.6%

+18.4%

Reconciliation of adjusted items

Period to 

Profit on ordinary activities before 
interest and tax

Add back depreciation and amortisation

EBITDA

Effect of derivatives in cost of sales

Effect of derivatives in administrative 
expenses

Adjusted EBITDA

52 weeks ended 
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks ended
26 March
2016
£’000

205,508

26,015

231,523

1,479

1,890

234,892

175,658

20,426

196,084

–

(3,577)

192,507

For further information and segmental detail of adjusted measures see note 3  
to the financial statements on page 81.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

25

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

The key financial performance indicators we use to 
monitor the performance of the Group and how we 
performed against them are as follows:

Strategy key

Financial KPIs

£

Deliver great value  
to our customers

Develop our  
international 
business

Invest in new stores

Invest in our people  
and infrastructure

Total sales growth (%)

Capital expenditure (£m)

19.4%

2017

2016

2015

£50.4m

19.4

23.6

2017

2016

2015

29.5

50.4

56.2

35.7

Rationale
The strategy is to grow our business in new 
markets both in the UK and in Germany and 
this measure alongside the number of new 
store openings demonstrates whether we are 
achieving that goal.

2017 Performance
The business grew revenues by 19.4% and store 
numbers by 10.3% and we remain on track.

Rationale
Given our growth is mainly derived from the 
investment in new stores, we monitor capital 
expenditure to ensure that expenditure on new 
store investments is not excessive and that we 
are also investing sufficient capital to maintain 
the existing store estate.

2017 Performance
We incurred £50.4m of net capital expenditure 
in the year which was within our budget targets.

£

Adjusted EBITDA (£m)*

Adjusted EBITDA (%)*

£234.9m

9.7%

2017

2016

2015

192.5

171.4

234.9

2017

2016

2015

9.7

9.5

10.4

Rationale
In addition to growing sales as we open 
new stores, we want to ensure that the sales 
growth is profitable and we measure adjusted 
EBITDA*.

Rationale
In order to ensure that we are not diluting 
our earnings as we expand our business, in 
addition to the cash adjusted EBITDA* we also 
measure this as a percentage.

2017 Performance
The Group’s adjusted EBITDA* grew by +22.0%, 
which is slightly higher than the sales growth 
and our strategy remains on track.

2017 Performance
The Group’s Adjusted EBITDA* grew by 21 basis 
points to 9.7%.

£

£

* 

The directors consider adjusted figures to be more reflective of the underlying business performance of  
the Group and believe that this measure provides additional useful information for investors on the Group’s 
performance. See reconciliation of adjusted measures to statutory measures on page 25.

26

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Financial KPIs

Non-financial KPIs

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (p)*

UK like-for-like sales growth (%)*

Net new stores opened – 2017

57

UK market share

c.0.7%

14.9p

2017

2016

2015

+3.1%

14.9

2017

3.1

12.2

10.2

2016

0.9

2015

4.9

Rationale
We recognise that it’s important to our investors 
to grow our earnings per share as well as our 
adjusted EBITDA*, since it’s a measure after we 
have taken account of depreciation, interest 
and tax charges.

2017 Performance
The adjusted diluted earnings per share* grew 
by 22.1%.

£

Rationale
Although the main driver of growth in the 
Group is the new store opening programme, 
we are cognisant of the fact that we do not 
want to see any deterioration in the profitability 
of the existing store estate. The main indicator 
to ensure that the profitability of existing store 
estate is not deteriorating is like-for-like sales.

2017 Performance
We grew our UK like-for-like sales by +3.1%, 
which was a pleasing performance given the 
UK market remains relatively flat.

Cash generated from operations (£m)

Profit before tax (£m)

£210.9m

£182.9m

2017

2016

2015

170.9

152.9

210.9

2017

2016

2015 39.9

182.9

154.5

Rationale
In addition to monitoring EBITDA* growth, we 
are committed to ensuring that we continue 
to be efficient in generating cash. We monitor 
this to ensure that we are actively managing 
our working capital and in particular our stock 
levels.

Rationale
We monitor our overall profit before tax growth 
in addition to EBITDA so that we monitor our 
depreciation and amortisation expenses and 
our interest costs.

2017 Performance
We grew our profit before tax by 18.4%.

2017 Performance
We grew our cash from operations by 23.4% in 
the year which was higher than the adjusted 
EBITDA* growth and we remain on track.

£

£

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

27

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Risk management

The following principal risks and uncertainties 
could have an impact on our business 
model and strategy. Mitigating steps aimed 
at managing and reducing those impacts 
are being employed by the Group as 
summarised below.

Overall responsibility
Risks and mitigation are reviewed as part of the oversight by the Audit & Risk Committee of the system of internal controls and reported on 
to the Board which takes overall responsibility for risk management.

The Internal Audit function of the Group reports on the effectiveness of internal control procedures to the Audit & Risk Committee as part of 
its annual internal audit plan, taking into account current business risks.

Risk management

Identify and evaluate
The responsibility for identifying and 
evaluating new and emerging risks and 
mitigating actions lies with management. 
The Audit & Risk Committee, with the 
support of the Internal Audit department 
and the General Counsel, is responsible 
for monitoring risks and mitigating actions 
and for reporting matters of concern to  
the Board.

Action plan
The Board oversees the risk management 
of the Group. It evaluates the 
recommendations made by the Audit 
& Risk Committee and determines 
the framework of the type of controls 
and mitigating steps required to be 
implemented, in the context of how those 
risks could impact the overall objectives of 
the business and risk appetite.

Implementation 
The responsibility for implementation of 
processes and controls in relation to the 
management of risk is delegated by the 
Board to the executive and operational 
senior management of the UK and 
German businesses.

The Internal Audit department reports 
on the progress of implementation by 
management of recommendations made 
to them, to the Audit & Risk Committee 
at each meeting during the year, being a 
continuous cycle of review. 

28

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Risk appetite
The Group’s framework for managing its consideration of risk appetite forms part of the annual risk management cycle and is used to drive and 
inform actions undertaken in response to the principal risks identified by the Board. Within this framework, the Group’s appetite for risk is 
defined with reference to the expectations of the Board for both commercial opportunity and internal control and it is used to inform the Group’s 
annual internal audit plan.

Tolerance
Medium
Low to medium
Low
Extremely low

10

Category of risk 
Strategic 
Operational 
Financial 
Compliance 

Risk management

High

t
c
a
p
m

I

WMS

Low

Low

9

8

7

4

11

12

3

1

5

13

2

6

Likelihood

High

Changes in principal risks
Following review by the Board this year:

• 

the UK’s exit from the EU has been added as a principal risk as 
there are uncertainties in the UK generally in relation to the 
outcome of the exit negotiations and how that might affect 
matters such as the economic and regulatory environment, 
customs duties, availability and cost of labour in the UK;

•  during the last year a new warehouse management system 
(‘WMS’) was implemented as a pilot initially at 1 of our 6 UK 
warehouses. The pilot implementation was successful and the 
system is now in the process of being rolled out across the rest 
of the UK warehousing estate. The new WMS system is no 
longer considered to be a principal risk, as indicated on the 
heat map above going forward. 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

29

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued

Risk type

Risk No

Description

Risk mitigations

Movement

Competition

Economic
environment

IT systems, 
cyber security 
and business 
continuity

1

2

3

Regulation and 
compliance

4

Credit risk and 
liquidity

Commodity 
prices/cost 
inflation

Supply chain

5

6

7

The Group operates in a highly 
competitive retail market both in 
the UK and Germany and this 
could materially impact the Group’s 
profitability and limit the growth 
opportunities.

A reduction in consumer 
confidence resulting in a fall in 
customer spending as a result of 
the prevailing macro-economic 
conditions in the markets in which 
we operate.

The Group is reliant upon key 
IT systems, and disruption to 
these would adversely affect the 
businesses operations. Data 
protection failure may lead to 
a potential prosecution and 
reputational damage to the brand. 
This risk also encompasses the 
IT Security risk and the risk of 
management over-ride of controls.

This risk has increased as cyber 
crime is a threat to all organisations 
and cyber attacks are increasing in 
scale and sophistication.

The Group is exposed to regulatory 
and legislative requirements, 
including those surrounding the 
import of goods, the Bribery Act, 
Modern Slavery Act, health & 
safety, employment law, data 
protection, the environment and 
the listing rules, which could lead to 
financial penalties and reputational 
damage.

This risk has decreased as B&M 
have introduced new anti-bribery 
& corruption measures which 
have been issued to Buyers and 
suppliers.

The Group’s level of indebtedness 
and exposure to interest rate and 
currency rate volatility could impact 
the business and its growth plans.

This risk has increased as 
currency exchange rate volatility 
has increased due to the UK’s 
planned exit from the European 
Union. 

Escalation of costs within the supply 
chain arising from factors such 
as increases in raw material and 
wage costs. Additionally, increased 
fuel and energy costs impacting 
on distribution and the store and 
warehouse overhead base.

The lead times in the supply chain 
could lead to a greater risk in 
buying decisions and potential 
loss of margins through higher 
markdowns. Disruption to the 
supply chain arising from civil 
unrest, natural disasters, ethical or 
quality standards failure could lead 
to reputational damage and a risk 
that consumers may be harmed.

•  Continuous monitoring of competitor pricing and product offering.
•  Development of new product ranges within the product categories to  

identify new market opportunities to target new customers.

•  We offer a range of products and price points for consumers which allows 

them to trade up and down.

•  We maintain a low cost business model that allows us to maintain our selling 

prices as low as possible.

•  We have an extensive forecasting process that enables actions to be 

undertaken reflecting the economic conditions.

•  All critical business systems have third party maintenance contracts in place 

and are industry standard.

•  We utilise the services of a third party IT consultancy support to ensure that any 
investments made in technology are fit for purpose; IT investments/budgets 
are approved at Board-level.

•  We have a disaster recovery strategy.
•  We have an on-going PCI compliance strategy.
•  IT Security is monitored at board level and includes penetration testing and up 

to date security software.

•  Significant decisions for the business are made by the Group or operational 
boards with segregation of duties enforced on key business processes, such 
as the payables process, and a robust IT control environment is in place.

•  We have a number of policies and codes across the business, including a 

code of conduct that incorporates an anti-bribery & corruption policy, outlining 
the mandatory requirements within the business. These are communicated 
to the staff via an employee handbook which is made available to anyone 
joining the company.

•  Operational management are responsible for liaising with the General 

Counsel and external advisors where required to ensure that we identify and 
manage any new legislation.

•  We have an internal audit function, and a whistle blowing procedure and 
policy which allows colleagues to confidentially report any concerns or 
inappropriate behaviour within the business.

•  A treasury policy is in place to govern foreign exchange, interest rate exposure 

and surplus cash.

•  Regular weekly cash flow forecasts are produced and monitored.
•  Forward looking cash flow forecasts and covenant test forecasts are prepared 

to ensure sufficient liquidity and covenant headroom exists.

•  Freight rates, energy and currency are bought forward to mitigate volatility 

and allow the business to plan and maintain margins.

•  Wage increases are offset where possible by productivity improvements.
•  Forecasts and projections produced by the business include the expected 
impact of the national living wage and therefore the Board’s strategic 
planning takes account of these effects.

•  An experienced sourcing team is responsible for maintaining an efficient  

and effective supply chain.

•  A range of alternative supply sources are maintained across the product 

categories and we are not over reliant on any single supplier.

•  The combination of individual buyers and supplier employees conduct  

factory visits.

30

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Risk type

Risk No

Description

Risk mitigations

Movement

Stock
management

Infrastructure

Key  
management 
reliance 

Store
expansion

International
expansion

UK exit from 
the European 
Union

8

9

10

11

12

13

Ineffective controls over the 
management of stock could impact 
on the achievement of our gross 
margin objectives. Lack of product 
availability could impact on working 
capital and cashflows

•  Highly disciplined SKU count by season and effective and regular markdown 

action on slow moving product lines.

•  Initial stock orders do not exceed c. 14 weeks of forecast sales and action is 
undertaken after c. 4 weeks of trading to either repeat the order, refresh the 
product design or delete the product line.

•  Consistent levels of stock cover by product category are maintained through 
regular reviews of open to buy, supported by the disciplined SKU count.

The Group could suffer the loss of 
one of its warehousing facilities 
which would impact short/
medium term trading and could 
materially impact the profitability of 
the business. Failure to maintain 
and invest in the warehousing 
and transport infrastructure as the 
business continues to grow the 
store portfolio.

This risk has increased as B&M’s 
store expansion means that the 
loss of a warehouse would impact 
on a larger number of stores and 
customers.

The Group is reliant on the 
high quality and ethos of the 
executive team as well as strong 
management and operational 
teams.

•  Forward plans are in place for additional warehousing capacity to support 
the new store opening programme. The Group in the UK has 6 separate 
warehousing locations and conducts disaster recovery planning.

•  The Group maintains adequate business interruption and increased cost of 

working insurance in the event of such a loss.

•  The key senior and operational management are appropriately incentivised 

through bonus and share arrangements such that talent is retained.
•  The composition of the executive team is kept under constant review to 

ensure that it is appropriate to the delivery of the Group’s plans.

The ability to identify suitably 
profitable new store locations is key 
to delivering our growth plans.

•  Our Chief Executive Officer actively monitors the availability of retail space with 

the support of internal and external property acquisition consultants.

•  The flexibility of the trading format allows us to take advantage of a range 

store sizes and locations.

•  Each new store opening is approved by the CEO ensuring that property risks 

are minimised and ensuring that lease lengths are appropriate.

•  Where new locations may impact on existing locations, the cannibalisation 

effects are estimated and then monitored and measured to ensure an overall 
benefit to the Group is realised.

•  Significant international experience on the main Board. The senior leadership 

team in Germany is experienced and incentivised.

•  Clear focus on markets in which we operate to ensure they are appropriate 
for value retailing and the product ranges are developed and selected by 
local buying teams rather than through the parent company.

•  Continuing to invest in both the infrastructure and technology of our 

international subsidiaries.

•  Monitoring and investigating potential new opportunities for growth  

in strategically identified locations.

•  Short-term exchange rate volatility has been mitigated by our currency 

forward position. Any continued volatility will affect the economic inflationary 
environment as a whole.

•  Regarding the more fundamental changes, the level of risk is currently 

unknown due to significant uncertainty regarding the outcome of the exit 
negotiations and British leadership’s position on these. 

•  The board will continue to monitor developments and understand the 
interpretations with respect to potential risks, and then act accordingly.

NEW

The ability to develop into new 
territories is important to the 
Group’s future growth plans. 
Expanding into new markets 
creates additional challenges  
and risks.

The UK’s planned exit from the 
European Union has several 
potential impacts in the areas 
of economic & regulatory 
environment; withholding tax paid 
on internal dividends; import of 
goods due to currency exchange 
volatility & increased import duties; 
availability & cost of labour; and 
several potentially as yet  
unknown impacts.

Movement key

Increased risk

No change

Decreased risk

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

31

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued

Viability statement
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Directors have assessed the viability of the Group. This assessment 
has been based upon the Group’s three year strategic plan 
(the”plan”) and has taken into account the current position of the 
Group, the principal risks and uncertainties as detailed on pages 30 
and 31 of the strategic report and the Group’s prospects.

In making their assessment the Directors considered:
• 

the Group’s current balance sheet, its strong track record of 
generating operational cash flows and returns to shareholders 
and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the 
Group’s plan; 
the potential impact of one or more of the principal risks set out 
on pages 30 and 31 occurring in the period on the Group’s 
business model, future trading expectations and liquidity; and
the likely degree and effectiveness of possible mitigating actions 
in relation to the principal risks.

• 

• 

Going concern statement
As a discount retailer, the Group is well placed to withstand volatility 
within the economic environment. The Group’s forecasts and 
projections, taking into account reasonably possible changes in 
trading performance, show that the Group will trade within its 
current banking facilities. After making enquiries, the Directors are 
confident that the Group has adequate resources to continue its 
successful growth. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

The stress testing undertaken included the flexing of a number of 
key assumptions within the three year plan, namely future revenue 
growth, including both like-for-like revenues and revenues from the 
new store openings, gross margins, operating costs, the impact of 
interest rates and working capital management, which may be 
impacted by one or more of the principal risks to the Group. A 
number of challenging but plausible scenarios which aggregated 
these individual assumptions were reviewed by the Board.

We operate in a competitive retail environment and need to be  
able to react to changes in retail markets and consumer trends. 
Accordingly we set our strategic plan on a 3-year cycle, which is 
also common in the retail industry.

Based on the assessment referred to above, the Directors confirm 
they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
next three years to 28 March 2020.

32

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

Our approach 

We are committed to operating our 
business as a good corporate citizen, 
which means managing environmental, 
social and ethical business matters in a 
way which is responsible, progressive 
and recognises the interests of all our 
stakeholders.

Packaging waste recycled  
by the Group in 2017

99.4%
+101bps
2016: 98.4%

B&M’s approach to CSR is to look where we can for continuous 
improvement in all our areas of operation. This includes:
•  providing job opportunities through our continued expansion in local 

• 

communities and central operations;
training and career progression opportunities to help colleagues 
step-up to the next level and retain them in our business;

•  maintaining and building on long term trading relationships with our 

• 

suppliers and promoting ethical and responsible trading 
relationships with them;
in relation to the environment, monitoring our existing operations 
and investing in initiatives which help to limit our impact overall 
where feasible; and

•  supporting local communities by contributing to good causes on a 

regional and more localised level. 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

33

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY continued

Keeping costs and unnecessary waste down throughout our supply 
chain operations, both from sourcing to port and from distribution 
centres to stores, is a key component of our business model. This 
approach is an example of what we mean in practical terms about 
actually being a ‘good corporate citizen’ at B&M, by delivering both 
cost and environmental efficiency throughout our business as it 
continues to expand and grow at a considerable pace.

Customers
B&M is about doing what we can to help our customers get better 
value for money on everyday and other items for their homes and 
families and helping tight household budgets go further. At the heart 
of this and underpinning our aim to deliver value for money to our 
customers day-in, day-out, is a passion for reducing waste and 
unnecessary consumption wherever we can, to keep costs down and 
at the same time ensure that we have as sustainable and 
environmentally friendly a business as possible.

We work hard to provide a high quality customer experience for 
shoppers across all our stores in the UK and Germany. We invest in 
our stores to present them in a light, clean and tidy format, with new 
store fit-outs and refurbishments including investments in LED lighting 
and refreshed floor coverings. This provides environmental benefits in 
terms of energy consumption (as referred to below) as well as an 
enhanced store environment for our customers to shop in.

We also aim to provide customers with a fun and exciting shopping 
experience and our store colleagues are focussed on taking a helpful 
and friendly approach with customers so they enjoy coming back to 
our stores time and time again. Our ‘no quibble’ customer returns 
policy highlights our emphasis on great value for money and good 
quality rather than just aiming to be cheaply priced.

Environment
We are committed to try and minimise where we can the 
environmental impacts of our retailing and distribution operations. In 
particular this relates to management of waste recycling, utility usage 
and fuel efficiency relating to our carbon footprint. Our performance 
and initiatives in each of those areas in the year are set out below.

Packaging recycling
We have dedicated facilities to recycle waste at our warehousing 
locations. They allow us to collect waste cardboard, plastic, metal and 
wood from our 537 stores in the UK back to our central distribution 
locations. The main source of waste comes from packaging. We seek 
with our suppliers to minimise where we can the packaging of 
products beyond what is necessary for the safe carriage of them. 

64.2% of waste in our UK business in the financial year 2016/17 was 
directly recycled through our in-house facilities. This was an increase 
on the previous financial year which was 63.7%. 

The remainder of the waste is processed by a specialist third party for 
recycling, which leads to a further 35.8% of waste being recycled. 

In total for the year under review we are pleased to report that 100% of 
our waste in the UK was recycled. This was an increase from the 
previous financial year of 99.2%, as even our residual waste is 
recycled into energy production.

Our German business, Jawoll recycled 94.0% of its waste packaging 
in the year. This was a significant increase from the previous financial 
year which was 79.77%.

The total level of packaging waste recycled by the overall Group in the 
financial year 2016/17 was 99.4%.

Carrier bags
We have seen an overall reduction of carrier bag usage across our UK 
stores following the 5p carrier bag levy which was introduced in 
England and Wales in October 2015.

We donate the proceeds from the levy in relation to the carrier bags 
used to a number of good causes. Colleagues across the UK business 
were consulted on appropriate recipients of charitable grants from  
the levy proceeds. In the financial year 2016/17 we have donated  
over £960,000 to a range of charities, including children’s hospitals, 
hospices, air ambulance and educational and arts trusts, often being 
at a regional level in different parts of the UK as well as some national 
charities.

Greenhouse gas emissions reporting
In the year around 79% of our carbon footprint in the UK is as a result 
of our electricity and gas usage from our stores and our warehouse 
facilities. Diesel accounts for the remaining 21%. Our store estate in 
both the UK and Germany is continuing to increase at a significant 
rate and is expected to do so into the future also. Consequently 
therefore our overall carbon footprint has and will inevitably continue 
to increase.

We express our annual emissions as a quantifiable factor by 
reference to our revenues as the basis for our intensity ratio. 

Scope 1 GHG emissions have been calculated based upon the 
quantities of fuel purchased for our commercial fleet and Scope 2 
GHG emissions are calculated from electricity and gas usage and 
then using the published factors.

In the UK our overall intensity ratio has improved by 9.2% to 
47.19 T/CO2. The intensity ratio for Jawoll in Germany improved by 
16.8% to 79.79 T/CO2 and for the overall Group for the period there  
was an improvement of 9.6% to 49.58 T/CO2.

34

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Greenhouse gas data
FY2017 relates to the period from April 2016 to March 2017 and FY2016 relates to the period from April 2015 to March 2016:

 Scope 1

 Scope 2

 Total

UK

22,377

FY2017

GER

802

TOTAL

UK

23,179

23,902

83,910

13,433

97,343

106,287

14,235

120,522

75,014

98,916

FY2016

GER

639

12,115

12,753

Total

24,541

87,129

111,669

%

UK

-6.4%

11.9%

7.5%

%

GER

25.4%

10.9%

11.6%

%

Group

-5.6%

11.7%

7.9%

FY2017

FY2016

%

%

%

TCo2/£m

TCo2/£m

TCo2/£m

TCo2/£m

TCo2/£m

TCo2/£m

UK

GER

Group

9.94

37.26

47.19

4.49

75.30

79.79

9.54

40.05

49.58

12.56

39.42

51.98

4.80

91.09

95.89

12.05

42.79

54.85

-20.9%

-5.5%

-9.2%

-6.5%

-17.3%

-16.8%

-20.9%

-6.4%

-9.6%

 Scope 1

 Scope 2 = Elec & Gas

 Total

Tonnes CO2 / £m Revenues

We have a number of on-going initiatives to reduce our carbon footprint:
•  as we purchase new cars for our company car fleet, we are moving to 
either hybrid or low emission cars. Given that these have lower C02 
emissions, and currently 51% of our car fleet are now hybrid models. 
We plan to increase this level by a further 10-15% as company cars 
become due for replacement;

•  on directly imported merchandise from the Far East, we use slow 
steamer container ships which are more environmentally friendly;
•  our UK warehouses are based in the North West of England and 
approximately 70% of imported goods are shipped to the Port of 
Liverpool, thereby reducing the extent of overland transport from 
ports in the South of England;

•  we invest in energy efficient LED lighting in our new stores, and as 
part of existing store estate maintenance programme we invest in 
switching to LED lighting;

•  we continue to upgrade our transport fleet and we have recently 

placed an order for delivery of new HGV tractor units that have the 
latest fuel efficient engines;

•  we have continued to invest in double-decker trailers and we have 
recently placed an order for new “wedge” trailers which increase 
trailer capacity by 20% for our store delivery HGV fleet to maximise 
transport utilisation and therefore minimise distribution mileage 
travelled; and

•  additionally to improve the efficiency of our fleet and save on miles 
driven, fuel and emissions we are introducing a new transport 
scheduling system to optimise routes and reduce mileage.

Suppliers
We have a significant number of long standing relationships with our 
suppliers. We regard our suppliers as business partners in terms of 
our relationships and dealings with them. We like to maintain simple, 
transparent net prices and to minimise the use of rebates and 
retrospective discounts. 

We use a standard set of terms and conditions of purchase, and provided 
the goods meet relevant quality and safety standards, we will pay the 
supplier within the agreed payment terms, and our import suppliers are 
normally paid in advance of the goods arriving into the UK.

It is important, both in terms of ensuring our products are safe and fit 
for sale and that the factories we use comply with local laws and 
regulations, that our customers can be assured of the safety, quality 
and integrity of the products they buy from our stores.

In relation to anti-slavery and human trafficking, we prohibit slavery, 
forced labour and human trafficking of any kind in relation to our 
business and supply chain. We support the promotion of ethical 
business practices and policies to protect workers from any kind of 
abuse or exploitation in relation to our business and supply chain. 

In the last year we have taken the following steps in relation to our 
policy on anti-slavery and human trafficking:
•  we have communicated our Workplace Policy Statement to our 
suppliers, sourcing agents and employees, which sets out the 
standards and principles which we expect our suppliers and 
employees to adhere to in relation to our supply chain; and 
•  we have revised our standard terms and conditions of purchase, 
making it a condition that our suppliers adhere to our Workplace 
Policy standards, which enhances the profile and importance of 
the principles and standards we require them to agree to as a 
condition of their trading relationships with us.

A copy of our anti-slavery policy statement and our Workplace Policy 
are available under the Corporate Responsibility section of our 
websites at www.bmstores.co.uk and www.bandmretail.com

In relation to the Group’s assessment of risk, a balance is drawn 
between reasonable reliance on blue-chip brand suppliers who have 
their own comprehensive procedures and policies in place, and, those 
where other forms of verification processes are required by B&M or 
our sourcing agents.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

35

 
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY continued

The vast majority of products which are imported into the UK by B&M 
are sourced from China. These are mainly machine manufactured 
goods, as opposed to labour intensive handmade products.

Where necessary overseas suppliers are required by B&M or its sourcing 
agents to provide social compliance reports, as a check on compliance 
with local laws and regulations including labour practices.

Employees 
We now employ over 26,000 people, the vast majority of which are 
based in the UK. We look to ensure that all colleagues are treated 
fairly and with respect, that no employee is discriminated against on 
grounds of gender, race, colour, religion, disability, sexual orientation 
and that B&M is recognised as a responsible employer providing all 
our colleagues with a great place to work.

B&M’s main Hong Kong based sourcing agent and, where 
practicable, members of our UK buying team, visit new suppliers also 
as part of our verification processes.

In financial year 2016/17 we have created over 2,200 new jobs in our UK 
stores. With our continued store roll out plans for the year ahead we will 
continue to create jobs in various communities in the UK where those 
new store openings take place.

In the event of any suspected failure by a supplier to comply with our 
Workplace Policy Statement, we will then investigate the 
circumstances of it with the supplier. In the event of a breach of our 
policy being identified as a result of such an investigation, we will 
review what appropriate remedial action we require the supplier to 
undertake and also determine on a case by case basis whether our 
trading relationship with that supplier should be monitored, 
suspended or terminated. 

We continue to strive to find effective ways of improving 
communication and adherence to ethical business practices and 
assessment of risks and always welcome feedback from all 
stakeholders in relation to our business. Our policies, procedures and 
approach to verification processes are geared toward what we think 
are balanced and reasonable, practical and effective.

Health and safety
The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that we maintain 
high standards of health and safety in our business. The Board and 
the executive management monitor on a monthly basis key 
performance indicators in relation to trends in the business, including 
reports on the number of accidents and those reported to the Health 
and Safety Executive.

We have a dedicated health and safety team of qualified 
professionals who are responsible for ensuring that we comply with 
current statutory requirements and that our health and safety policy is 
communicated to all our colleagues. 

In the financial year 2016/17 there were 119 reported accidents (0.2 per 
store) reportable to the Health & Safety Executive, (FY2016: 46 reported 
accidents and 0.1 per store), which should be viewed in context of  
196 million shopper visits per annum.

Our apprenticeship programme across our UK stores now has over 
350 colleagues enrolled. 

We also have a successful initiative focused on getting the long-term 
unemployed back into work. In the year under review, 96 long term 
unemployed people secured a role within B&M. 

We develop our own talent from within our own business wherever 
we can, under our Step-Up programme in the UK. Under this 
programme we encourage our store colleagues to put themselves 
forward to progress to deputy and store manager positions.

We reward our store management teams through an annual bonus 
scheme and we also run regular incentive schemes to drive 
performance and excite the teams. B&M also has a share incentive 
plan which is open to all employees after 12 months service to take-up 
the opportunity to participate in the future success of B&M.

We communicate to our teams through our newsletter, the “B&M 
Standard”, with updates on business strategy, new stores, new 
products, and the work of our support centre teams.

National Living Wage
The National Living Wage was introduced in April 2016 and we have 
included the impact of it into our business model and plans. We have 
seen some increase in store wage costs which we have absorbed and 
made some productivity improvements to mitigate the overall impact. 

At B&M we want to attract and retain great people; they make a real 
difference to our business. The implementation of the living wage 
supports this aim by ensuring our teams are motivated. We anticipate 
that we will also see benefits through higher retention rates, and 
therefore lower staff turnover, which reduces the cost of recruitment and 
training new colleagues and brings improved productivity as a result. 

36

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Diversity
Under B&M’s equal opportunities policy we recognise and actively 
encourage the benefits of having a diverse workforce across our 
business. Our Board comprises one female member who is an 
Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Board’s 
Remuneration Committee. Full details of the composition of B&M’s 
Board are set out on pages 38 and 39. Below the Board and at the 
senior management level the percentage of employees who are 
female increased to 29.2% from 19.0% in the previous year, and for all 
employees the female percentage of colleagues increased to 55.3%.

Directors
Senior Managers
All Employees

Male

Female

7
17
11,601

1
7
14,358

Community
We are keen to ensure that B&M plays an important part in the life of 
the places where we trade. We have an internal team to manage the 
distribution of the proceeds of the carrier bag levy to a variety of local 
(as well as national) worthy causes as referred to above on page 34.
This helps us to build relationships within communities where we 
operate our stores and our store colleagues’ work and live. When we 
open a new store, we like to try and find a ‘local hero’ as a member of 
the local community known for their charitable or other work in the 
community, to perform the ribbon cutting ceremony on the opening 
day, to support their good work within the local community. 

At a regional and national level, we are proud sponsors of ‘Mission 
Christmas’, an initiative run by Cash4Kids, a children’s charity. In 
addition to sponsorship funding, our stores in participating towns  
act as collection points for toys and gifts to be distributed to 
underprivileged children at Christmas. The appeal, in which we play 
an important part, was able to distribute more than £15m of gifts and 
vouchers in Christmas 2016.

The Company’s Strategic Report is set out on pages 1 to 37. Approved 
by the Board on 24 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Simon Arora
Chief Executive Officer
B&M European Value Retail S.A.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

37

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors of B&M European Value Retail S.A.

Sir Terry Leahy
Non-Executive Chairman of the Board  
and Chairman of the Nomination Committee
Sir Terry joined the B&M Group as Non-Executive Chairman on 6 
March 2013. He brings with him a wealth of retailing and senior 
executive experience, having worked at Tesco for 32 years during 
which time he served in a number of senior positions, including Chief 
Executive Officer from 1997 to 2011. He is currently a senior adviser 
to private equity firm Clayton, Dubilier & Rice LLC, Non-Executive 
Chairman of BUT in France and a Non-Executive Director of Motor 
Fuel Group. Sir Terry is the Chairman of the Board of Directors of B&M 
and he also chairs the Nomination Committee. Age 61.

Simon Arora
Chief Executive Officer
Simon has been Chief Executive Officer of the B&M Group since 
1 December 2004. He has a background in consumer goods, 
corporate finance and consulting having been a co-founder and 
Managing Director of wholesale homeware business, Orient 
Sourcing Services, before acquiring B&M jointly with his family 
and prior to that holding various positions with McKinsey & Co., 
3i and Barclays Bank. Simon is also a member of the Nomination 
Committee of B&M. Age 47.

Paul McDonald
Chief Financial Officer
Paul is a chartered certified accountant and has over 20 years’ 
experience in value and discount retailing. He joined the B&M Group 
as Chief Financial Officer on 3 May 2011. He has held senior financial 
management roles at Littlewoods, Ethel Austin and TJ Hughes 
and carries with him a depth of experience and skills in financial 
management and business operations in this sector. Age 51.

Thomas Hübner
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Thomas has over 28 years’ experience in the European retail sector, 
during which time he has held senior executive management roles 
in pan-European business operations of Carrefour, Metro and 
McDonald’s in Europe. He is currently Chairman at Burger King SEE, 
Independent Non-Executive Director of Geberit, Advisory Board 
Member of VR Equitypartner and Director of Panda Retail Company 
(Jeddah, Saudi Arabia). Thomas is the Senior Independent Director 
of B&M and a member of the Audit & Risk Committee and the 
Nomination Committee. Thomas was appointed to the Board on  
29 May 2014 and is aged 59.

38

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Kathleen Guion
Independent Non-Executive Director  
and Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Kathleen’s experience in the retail sector spans more than 40 years, 
during which time she has held senior executive management 
positions in retail operations in United States retail chains involved in 
rolling-out large expansion programmes. She was division president 
and executive vice president of Dollar General Corporation from 
2003 to 2011, and held senior positions in E-Z Serve Corporation, 
7-Eleven Corporation, Duke and Long Distributing and Devon 
Partners. She is currently a Non-Executive Director and Chairperson 
of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the True Value 
Company in the US. Kathleen chairs the Remuneration Committee 
and is a member of the Nomination Committee of B&M. Kathleen 
was appointed to the Board on 29 May 2014 and is aged 65.

Harry Brouwer
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Harry has over 30 years’ experience working in the FMCG supply 
chain sector, during which time he has held a number of senior 
executive management, marketing and customer development 
positions in national, pan-European and international businesses 
of Unilever. He is currently the Executive Vice President of Unilever 
Food Solutions globally and prior to that held senior management 
roles with Unilever in Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Benelux, UK, 
Ireland, the United States and Asia. Harry is a member of the Audit & 
Risk Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination 
Committee of B&M. Harry was appointed to the Board on 29 May 
2014 and is aged 58.

Ron McMillan
Independent Non-Executive Director  
and Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee
Until 2013 Ron worked in PwC’s assurance business for 38 years and 
has deep knowledge and experience in relation to auditing, financial 
reporting, regulatory issues and governance. He was the Global 
Finance Partner and Northern Regional Chairman of PwC in the UK 
and Deputy Chairman of PwC in the Middle East and acted as the 
audit engagement leader to a number of major listed companies. 
He is the Senior Independent Director and Audit Committee 
Chairman of N Brown Group PLC, SCS PLC and 888 Holdings PLC. 
Ron is also Chairman of Welcome to Yorkshire. Ron chairs the Audit 
& Risk Committee and is a member of the Remuneration Committee 
and the Nomination Committee of B&M. Ron was appointed to the 
Board on 29 May 2014 and is aged 64.

David Novak
Non-Executive Director
David has over 25 years’ experience in private equity and corporate 
finance, and has held a number of Non-Executive Directorships in 
investee companies which also include B&M, having been appointed 
as a Non-Executive Director of B&M on 27 November 2012. He is 
a partner at Clayton, Dubilier & Rice LLC (“CD&R”) responsible for 
CD&R’s European business and is a member of CD&R’s Investment 
and Management Committees. David is a Non-Executive Director of 
Mauser and Kalle in Germany and Motor Fuel Group in the UK. David 
was previously a Non-Executive Director of British Car Auctions, Jafra 
Cosmetics International Inc., Brakes Group and HD Supply among 
others and a member of the Supervisory Board at Rexel. David serves 
as Chair of the American School in London. Age 48.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

39

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

Introduction
This report sets out the main elements of the Company’s corporate governance structure and how it complies with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. It also includes information required by the Listing Rules and the UK FCA Disclosure and Transparency Rules (“DTR’s”).

Code compliance
The Board is committed to high standards of corporate governance. Except where otherwise stated below in this report, the Company has 
complied throughout the year under review with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code published in September 2014 (the “Code”) 
and the DTRs. A copy of the Code is available on the UK Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk.

Our Corporate Governance structure at a glance

B&M’s Board

The Board of Directors of B&M has 8 members comprising the Chairman, CEO, CFO  
& 5 Non-Executive Directors of which 4 are independent directors

See page 41 for details of matters reserved for the Board

Audit & Risk Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

This committee is made up of 3 
Independent Non-Executive Directors

The main responsibilities of the  
Committee are:
• 

reviewing and monitoring the integrity 
of the financial statements and price 
sensitive financial releases of the 
Company;

•  monitoring the quality, effectiveness 
and independence of the external 
auditors and approving their 
appointment fees;

•  monitoring the independence and 

activities of the Internal Audit function;

•  assisting the Board with the risk 

• 

management strategy, policies and 
current risk exposures;
review of the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
financial controls and control and risk 
management systems.

This committee is made up of the 
Chairman, CEO and 4 Independent 
Non-Executive Directors

The main responsibilities of the  
Committee are:
• 

reviewing the structure, size and 
composition of the Board, including 
the balance of executive and 
non-executive directors;

•  putting in place plans for the orderly 
succession of appointments to the 
Board and to senior management;
identifying and nominating 
candidates, for the approval of the 
Board, to fill Board vacancies as and 
when they arise;

• 

•  ensuring, in conjunction with the 

Chairman of the Company, that new 
Directors receive a full, formal and 
tailored induction.

This committee is made up of 3 
Independent Non-Executive Directors 

The main responsibilities of the 
 Committee are:
•  setting the policy for the Group on 

executive remuneration

•  determining the level of remuneration 

of the Chairman, the Executive 
Directors of the Company and certain 
other members of senior 
management of the Group;
•  preparing an annual Directors’ 

Remuneration Report for approval by 
shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting of the Company;
•  designing shares schemes for 

approval by the Board for employees 
and approving awards to Executive 
directors and certain other senior 
management of the Group

  See pages 46 to 49 for a copy  

  See pages 43 and 44 for a copy 

  See pages 50 to 56 for a copy  

of the Committee’s report

of the Committee’s report

of the Committee’s report

Terms of Reference of each of the Committees are available on B&M’s website at 
www.bandmretail.com

Executive Management

The Executive Management of the Group is responsible for implementation of day to day operational and strategic matters 
delegated to it by the Board in relation to the UK and German retail businesses of the Group. A management committee of senior 
executives chaired by the CEO holds regular monthly meetings to review progress and management activities of the Group.

40

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Board responsibilities
The Board is responsible for the strategy and long-term success of the 
Group, and for ensuring there is an effective system of internal controls 
in the business for the assessment and management of risks. 

Board and Committee meetings and attendance
The Board has a rolling programme of Board and Committee meetings 
throughout the year and also an annual strategy day in addition to the 
scheduled Board meetings. 

The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to three main 
Committees to assist in discharging its duties and the implementation 
of matters approved by it (see the table above). The reports of each of 
the Committees for the year under review are set out on pages 43 and 
44, 46 to 49 and 50 to 56. 

A detailed presentation of the business, activities and performance of 
the Group is provided by the CEO at each Board meeting, together with 
comprehensive financial reports and analysis presented by the CFO. 
During months falling outside the regular cycle of Board meetings, the 
CEO also provides a report and management accounts pack updating 
the Board in the interim ahead of each next meeting. 

The Executive Directors of the German business also give 
presentations to the Board in person twice a year at Board and overall 
strategy group meetings of the Board and senior management.

The Board actively invites and encourages attendance and 
participation from broader members of senior management within the 
Executive Committee of the Group and German Executive 
management at meetings and distribution and store tours of the 
Board during the course of the year as well as strategy days.

Implementation of Board strategy, decisions and policies are 
delegated to the Executive Directors for implementation in relation to 
day to day operational management of the Group. The Executive 
Directors are also supported by senior management in each of the UK 
Retail and German Retail businesses of the Group.

Schedule of matters reserved to the Board for its approval:
•  approving the long-term strategy and objectives of the Group 
and reviewing the Group’s performance and management 
controls;

•  approving any changes to the capital structure of the Group;
•  approving the financial reporting, budgets, dividend policy 
and any significant changes in accounting policies and 
practices of the Group;

•  approving any major capital projects of the Group;
•  ensuring a satisfactory dialogue with shareholders based on 

the mutual understanding of objectives;

•  approving the structure, size and composition of the Board 

and remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors;

•  ensuring the maintenance of a sound system of internal 

• 

controls and risk management;
reviewing the Company’s overall corporate governance and 
approving the division of responsibilities of members of the 
Board; and

•  approving and supervising any material litigation, insurance 
levels of the Group and the appointment of the Group’s 
professional advisers.

The Group’s strategy day includes attendance and participation from 
broader members of senior management within the Executive 
Committee of the Group and German Executive management.

The General Counsel of the Group also attends all Board meetings 
and is responsible for advising the Board on corporate governance 
and compliance.

The Board held 6 board meetings during the financial year 2016/17. 
Attendance at Board and Committee meetings was as follows:

Board
(6 meetings)

Audit & Risk 
Committee
(4 meetings)

Nomination 
Committee
(4 meetings)

Remuneration 
Committee
(4 meetings)

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4

–
–
–
4
–
4
4
–

4
4
–
4
4
4
4
–

–
–
–
–
4
4
4
–

Sir Terry Leahy
Simon Arora
Paul McDonald
Thomas Hübner
Kathleen Guion
Ron McMillan
Harry Brouwer
David Novak*

*  David Novak was unable to attend one Board meeting due to a prior commitment 
in the US which he had notified in advance to the Chairman, and another Board 
meeting and the strategy day (which was held on the next day) due to a family 
bereavement overseas.

A Board Strategy Day was also held in 2016/17 with full attendance by 
the Board (except as noted above).

Further meetings of the Board, Audit & Risk Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee have also been held since the year-end.

Meetings of the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors 
being present are held annually with and without the Chairman.

Board composition
The Board comprises 8 members, including the Chairman, 2 Executive 
Directors including the CEO and CFO, 4 Independent Non-Executive 
Directors and a Non-Executive Director appointed by CD&R European 
Value Retail Investment S.à.r.l. (“CD&R Holdco”) being a significant 
shareholder in the Group.

The Code recommends that at least half of the Board, excluding the 
Chairman, should comprise Independent Non-Executive Directors. The 
Company meets this requirement and has done so throughout the year 
under review, with each of Thomas Hübner (Senior Independent Director), 
Kathleen Guion, Ron McMillan and Harry Brouwer being Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Each of them are considered by the Board to be 
independent in character and judgment and are free from relationships 
or circumstances which may affect, or could appear to affect their 
judgment as Directors. Independence is determined by ensuring that the 
Non-Executive Directors do not have any material business relationships 
or arrangements (apart from their fees for acting as Non-Executive 
Directors) with the Group or its Directors, which in the opinion of the Board 
could affect their independent judgment.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

41

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT continued

The Chairman, Sir Terry Leahy, and David Novak are not regarded as 
independent for the purpose of the UK Corporate Governance Code in 
view of their positions respectively as a senior adviser and partner in 
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”) and their respective interests in 
funds advised by CD&R which hold shares through CD&R European 
Value Retail Investment S.à r.l (“CD&R Holdco”) in the Company.

The Company does not comply with the independence criteria in 
relation to the appointment of the Chairman under the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. The Directors believe that it continues to be 
appropriate that Sir Terry Leahy holds office as Chairman as his 
FTSE100 retailer and executive board experience from his time 
previously as CEO of Tesco plc provides significant value and benefit to 
the Group and stewardship of the Board. The Directors consider that 
he exercises his role as Chairman independently of management and 
exercises his judgment in the interests of all shareholders. 

CD&R Holdco entered into a Relationship Agreement with the Company 
that came into effect on admission of the Company to trading on the 
London Stock Exchange in June 2014 (“Admission”) and which continues to 
remain in force. Under the terms of that agreement CD&R Holdco are 
entitled to appoint two Non-Executive Directors to the Board for so long as 
CD&R Holdco (together with its associates) holds 10% or more of the 
ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, and one Non-Executive 
Director for so long as CD&R Holdco (together with its associates) holds 
5% or more (but less than 10%) of the ordinary shares in the capital of the 
Company. While Sir Terry Leahy remains a Director of the Company, CD&R 
Holdco have the right to appoint only one other Non-Executive Director, 
and the present such other Director appointed by it is David Novak. At the 
year ended 25 March 2017, CD&R Holdco held 11.41% of the total issued 
shares in the Company.

Simon Arora, Bobby Arora and Robin Arora and SSA Investments S.à r.l. 
(“SSA Investments”) (together “Arora Family”) entered into a Relationship 
Agreement with the Company which came into effect on Admission and 
which continues to remain in force. Under the terms of that agreement for 
as long as the Arora Family, together with their associates, hold 10% or 
more of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, they are 
entitled to appoint one Director to the Board, and the first Director 
appointed by them is Simon Arora. At the year ended 25 March 2017, SSA 
Investments (together with Praxis Nominees Limited as it’s nominee) held 
20.99% of the total issued shares in the Company.

The Board believes that the terms of the Relationship Agreements 
referred to above will continue to ensure that the Company and other 
members of the Group are capable of carrying on their business 
independently of CD&R Holdco and the Arora Family and that 
transactions and relationships between those parties and the Group 
are at arm’s length on normal commercial terms.

All Directors have service agreements or letters of appointment in 
place and the details of their terms are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 56.

Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of the roles and responsibilities between the 
Chairman and the CEO and no individual has unrestricted powers of 
decision-making.

Sir Terry Leahy, as the Chairman of the Board, is responsible for leading 
the Board, setting its agenda and overseeing its effectiveness. The 
Chairman facilitates the contribution of the Non-Executive Directors and 
constructive relations between them and the Executive Directors.

Simon Arora, as the CEO, together with Paul McDonald as the CFO, is 
responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group and 
implementation of strategy approved by the Board and implementation  
of other Board decisions.

Diversity
Details of the Company’s diversity and involvement of women in the 
management of the Group are included in the Corporate Social 
Responsibility Report on pages 33 to 37. The Company has one female 
Board member and one of the three main standing Committees of the 
Board is also chaired by that female member. The Board and 
Nomination Committee are aware of the need to monitor and keep 
under review the level of diversity in relation to the Board and senior 
management of the Group.

While recognising the benefits which diversity can bring, appointments 
by the Group are made on merit based on the skills and experience of 
relevant candidates, without regard to gender, race, religion or other 
similar personal characteristics.

Conflict of interests
The Chairman and David Novak have an interest in the shares held by 
CD&R Holdco, which holds 11.41% of the ordinary share capital and 
voting rights in the Company, as a result of their interests in Clayton, 
Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.

Simon and Bobby Arora own shares in SSA Investments S.à.r.l., which 
(together with Praxis Nominees Limited as its nominee) holds 20.99% 
of the ordinary share capital and voting rights in the Company either 
directly or indirectly as the beneficial owner.

Simon Arora, Bobby Arora, Ropley Properties Ltd and Triple Jersey Ltd 
are all landlords of certain properties leased by the Group. Ropley 
Properties Ltd and Triple Jersey Ltd are owned by Arora family trusts.

Except as referred to above there are no potential conflicts of interest 
between any of the Directors or senior management with the Group 
and their private interests.

42

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

There is an established process of the Board for regularly reviewing 
actual or potential conflicts of interest. In particular there is a process 
for reviewing property lease transactions proposed to be entered into 
by related parties of Directors with any entities in the Group, including 
professional advice and consideration of it by the Board and the 
Company’s sponsor on the application of the Listing Rules, the 
applicability and appropriateness of any exemptions in respect of any 
transactions in the ordinary course of business and reporting to 
general meetings of shareholders’ under Luxembourg Company Law. 
This process also includes:
• 

reports by the Property Estates team of B&M on the subject store 
suitability and location and details of the principal terms of 
proposed lease;
reports from the external Property Consultants of B&M who are 
retained to advise on new store acquisitions, store suitability and 
location strategy;
reports from external independent Property Consultants on the 
principal terms and site location;
review of reports ahead of presentation to the Board by the 
Chairman, CFO and General Counsel and circulation of them to the 
Company’s sponsor;
the Chairman and General Counsel, and also independently of 
them, the sponsor, discuss the reports of the external independent 
Property Consultants with them as part of the process of review on 
behalf of the Board;
the sponsor provides a written opinion to the Board in advance of 
the Board’s consideration of the relevant transactions;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

•  copies of all the reports referred to above and the Sponsor Opinion 

• 

are provided to the Board in advance;
the Board consider the appropriateness of the relevant transactions 
independently of Arora family interests and excluding the CEO, 
Simon Arora, from those deliberations, and also in relation to 
Jawoll, independently of Stern family interests.

In addition to the above processes, the Chairman of the Audit & Risk 
Committee monitors on behalf of the Board a rolling report produced 
to the Board and the sponsor, which is updated throughout the year, 
on the number of related party leases and rents as a proportion of the 
overall property estate and rents of the Group.

In relation to certain properties leased by the Group’s German business 
from the CEO of Jawoll, Ingo Stern, reports from external independent 
Property Consultants on leases are commissioned by the Group, the 
opinion of the sponsor is obtained and the matter is put to the Board 
independently of Stern family interests.

See page 62 in relation to details of related party transactions entered 
into in the financial year 2016/17 and also as set out in note 25 on page 
100 of the financial statements.

Audit & Risk Committee
The Audit & Risk Committee consists of 3 Independent Non-Executive 
Directors and the Chairman of the Committee has recent and relevant 
financial experience. 

The members of the Committee are Ron McMillan (Chair), Thomas 
Hübner (Senior Independent Director) and Harry Brouwer.

The duties of the Committee as delegated by the Board are contained 
in the terms of reference available on the Group’s corporate website 
(as referred to above) and are summarised in the table also at page 
40 above.

All meetings of the Committee are attended by the CFO and General 
Counsel, and the Chairman of the Board also regularly attends 
meetings of the Committee, in each case at the invitation of the 
Chairman of the Committee. Also attendance and participation is 
made, by invitation of the Chairman of the Committee, by members of 
the Group’s Internal Audit function and the Luxembourg and UK audit 
partners of the Group’s external auditors. 

The Audit & Risk Committee Report on pages 46 to 49 sets out details 
of the role and activities of the Committee in the last financial year.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee consists of 3 Independent Non-
Executive Directors. The members of the Remuneration Committee are 
Kathleen Guion (Chair), Ron McMillan and Harry Brouwer. 

The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee are available 
on the Group’s corporate website (as referred to above) and are 
summarised in the table also at page 40 above. 

All meetings of the Committee are attended by the General Counsel 
and also the Chairman of the Board and the CEO regularly attend 
meetings of the Committee, in each case at the invitation of the Chair 
of the Committee. 

The Committee also retains FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP as 
external advisors who attend and participate at all meetings at the 
request of the Chair of the Committee. 

The Directors Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 56 sets out details 
of the role and activities of the Remuneration Committee in the last 
financial year.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee consists of 6 Directors, being the 
Chairman of the Board, the CEO and each of the 4 Independent 
Non-Executive Directors of the Company. 

The duties of the Nomination Committee as delegated to it by the 
Board are contained in the terms of reference available on the 
Company’s corporate website (as referred to above) and are 
summarised in the table also on page 40 above.

The members of the Nomination Committee are Sir Terry Leahy (Chair), 
Simon Arora, Thomas Hübner (Senior Independent Director) Kathleen 
Guion, Ron McMillan and Harry Brouwer. All meetings of the 
Committee are also attended by the General Counsel, at the invitation 
of the Chairman of the Committee.

The Committee’s terms of reference provide that it will meet not less 
than twice a year, and it has had four meetings in the year under 
review.

During the year the Nomination Committee has reviewed the Board’s 
size, structure, composition, experience and skills of its members to 
ensure the effective working of the Board and the standing 
Committees and the commitment of their members. It has also 
reviewed and updated the Company’s succession plan for the offices 
of the Chairman, CEO and also for recruitments of further non-
executive members of the Board to cover either vacancies as 
retirements arise in the future and/or additional appointments.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

43

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT continued

The Chairman has also met with each of the Non-Executive Directors 
during the year without the Executive Directors being present to 
discuss matters relating to the Board, its balance and the monitoring 
of the powers of the Executive Directors.

A performance review was undertaken in the year, by the external 
consultancy Consilium, of the Board, its Committees and Directors. 
Consilium specialise in board reviews and evaluations and it has no 
commercial relationship with the Group other than the provision of 
those services.

The review process included the completion of confidential 
questionnaires by all Directors and the General Counsel, attendance 
by Consilium as an observer at one of the Board meetings, one to one 
interviews by Consilium of each of the Directors and the General 
Counsel and a review and presentation of recommendations by 
Consilium with the Directors and General Counsel together.

The review carried out by Consilium covered the effectiveness of the 
Board and its members, composition, dynamics and relationships, 
corporate governance and the functioning of each of the Committees, 
and board succession. 

The findings from the review highlighted overall:
•  a high degree of effectiveness of the Board, each of its three 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Committees, the Chairman and the General Counsel;
the Board has successfully led the transition of the business from a 
founder family private business to a public listed company over the 
last 3 years, establishing effective and strong Board and 
governance processes, ethics and controls;
the Board is highly aligned on all matters of substance such as 
Group strategy and business risks and controls;
there is a culture which is respectful of the roles, insights and 
different skills and inputs which each of the Executive Directors and 
Non-Executive Directors have on the Board; and
there is a strong focus on shareholder interests and continuing to 
develop a deeper understanding with investors and analysts of the 
discount variety goods retail model in the retail sector. 

From the review the following outcomes were discussed as particular 
areas for further development and enhancement by the Board and its 
processes going forward:
•  agenda management and planning to provide more time for the 

Board to devote to strategic items where a fuller and richer debate 
could be beneficial;

•  developing a closer linkage of the agenda throughout the annual 
cycle of Board meetings with strategic items considered at the 
annual strategy day of the Board and senior management team; 
and
in addition to the head office and store tours throughout the year in 
the UK and Germany, increasing further the exposure of the Board 
generally to the broader senior management team throughout the 
year.

• 

Where Directors have external appointments, the Board is satisfied 
that they do not impact on the time the Director needs to devote to the 
Company. The Chairman was appointed as Non-Executive Chairman 
of BUT in France in 2016. The Board is satisfied that appointment does 
not affect the time commitment or availability to the Board or the 
Group of the Chairman.

No changes to any of the Committees or their respective Chairs have 
been recommended by the Nomination Committee following the 
reviews this year.

The Nomination Committee has recommended and the Board has 
proposed the re-election of all members of the Board at the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting on 28 July 2017.

Appointments, induction and development
Where any new Director may need to be appointed by the Board, the 
Nomination Committee will lead the process, evaluate the balance of 
skills, experience, independence, knowledge and diversity on the 
Board, and in the light of that prepare a description of the role and 
capabilities required and identify candidates for the Board to consider 
using external consultants as appropriate.

All new Directors will receive a full, formal and tailored induction 
programme and briefing with members of senior management. They 
will also be required to meet major shareholders where requested.

A manual is available for new Directors containing information about 
the Group, Directors duties and liabilities under Luxembourg Company 
Law and obligations under the Listing Rules and DTRs, together with 
governance policies and the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Directors update their knowledge and familiarity with the business 
throughout the year by a mix of central operations tours, store tours 
and senior management briefings and presentations in relation to 
both the UK and German businesses. 

The Chairman meets each Non-Executive Director individually at least 
once a year and this includes discussion where necessary of any 
further training and development needs. 

The Nomination Committee also considers training and development 
needs of the Executive Directors. The Directors also receive regular 
updates at Board meetings of regulatory and governance matters and 
developments from the Group’s General Counsel.

There is a procedure for Directors to have access to independent 
professional advice, at the Company’s expense, in relation to their 
duties should they require it at any time.

Re-election of Directors
Following the reviews and Board evaluation exercise carried out in 
2016/17, the Nomination Committee has recommended that each of 
the Directors be re-elected to the Board.

The Board and the Chairman consider that all the members of the 
Board continue to be effective and to demonstrate commitment to their 
roles, and are able to devote sufficient time to their Board and 
Committee roles and duties. Accordingly, each of the Directors seek 
re-election at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 28 July 2017.

44

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Risk Management and Internal Control
The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that the Group 
maintains a strong system of internal control.

The system of internal control is designed to identify, manage and 
evaluate, rather than eliminate, the risk of failing to achieve business 
objectives. It can therefore provide reasonable but not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement, loss or failure to meet objectives of the 
business, due to the inherent limitations of any such system.

An internal audit function was established by the Group over 2 years 
ago, following a review of the monitoring and reporting systems of the 
Group by the Audit & Risk Committee.

The Board is satisfied that the key risks to the business and relevant 
mitigating actions are acceptable for a business of the type, size and 
complexity as that operated by the Group.

The key elements of the Group’s system of internal controls are as follows:

Financial reporting: monthly management accounts are provided to 
the members of the Board that contain current financial and 
operational reports. Reporting includes an analysis of actual versus 
budgeted performance and overviews of reasons for significant 
differences in outcomes. The annual budget is reviewed and approved 
by the Board. The Company reports half yearly and publishes trading 
updates in line with market practice;

Risk management: the creation and maintenance of a risk register, 
which is continuously updated and monitored, with full reviews 
occurring on at least an annual basis, facilitated by the Internal Audit 
function of the Group. Each risk identified on the risk register is 
allocated an owner, at least at the level of a senior manager within the 
business, and the action required, or acceptance of the risk is also 
recorded. The risk registers are provided to the Audit & Risk Committee 
and the Committee reports key risks and mitigating actions to the 
Board for monitoring as appropriate;

Monitoring of controls: following the establishment of the Internal 
Audit function, the Audit & Risk Committee receive regular reports from 
the Internal Audit function as well as those from the external auditors. 
There are formal policies and procedures in place to ensure the 
integrity and accuracy of the accounting records of the Group and to 
safeguard its assets; and

Shareholder relations
The Board recognises that good, regular communication is key to 
maintaining shareholder relations, and as such we will endeavour to 
explain our performance, management actions and financial results, 
and also to respond to investor feedback.

Meetings and calls are regularly held with institutional investors and 
analysts in order to provide the best quality information to the market.

The formal reporting of our full year results will be a combination of 
webcasts, presentations, group calls and one-to-one meetings in a 
variety of locations. The Board members, including the Chairman, the 
Senior Independent Director and each of the other Non-Executive 
Directors, are available to meet with major shareholders where they 
wish to raise issues outside of the above environments.

The Company will also communicate with its shareholders through the 
Annual General Meeting, at which the Chairman will give an account 
of the progress of the business over the past year, and will provide the 
opportunity for shareholders to raise questions with the Chairman and 
the Chairs of each of the Committees of the Board.

Following the launch of the £250m bond in February 2017, the 
Company will hold conference calls and one-to-one meetings where 
practical in accordance with market practice generally during the 
course of each financial year with bondholders. 

The Company’s corporate website at www.bandmretail.com is regularly 
updated with our releases to the market and other information and 
includes a copy of this Annual Report and Financial Statements.

Other disclosures
Where information is applicable under Listing Rule 9.8.4R in relation to 
the Group, the following matters can be found on the following pages 
of this report:
(a)  arrangements under which the B&M European Value Retail S.A. 
Employee Share Ownership Trust has waived or agreed to waive 
dividends or future dividends – page 61

(b)  relationship agreements and independence statement – page 62.

Disclosures under DTR 7.2.6R with regard to share capital are set out in 
the sections headed ‘Share capital’, ‘Shareholders’ and ‘Section (a) 
Share capital structure’, in the Directors’ report and business review on 
pages 60 to 64 below.

Staff policies: there are formal policies in the Group in place in 
relation to anti-bribery and corruption, anti-slavery and whistle-
blowing policies in relation to reporting of any suspected wrong doing 
or malpractice. Those policies are reviewed and updated by the Group 
as required from time to time.

Sir Terry Leahy
Chairman
24 May 2017

The Board and the Audit & Risk Committee have carried out a review of 
the effectiveness of the system of internal controls during the year 
ended 25 March 2017 and for the period up to the date of approving 
the Annual Report and Financial Statements. 

Information on the key risks and uncertainties of the Group are set out 
on pages 28 to 31.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

45

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

“The Audit & Risk 
Committee acknowledges 
and embraces its role of 
protecting the interests of 
shareholders as regards 
the integrity of published 
financial information and 
the effectiveness of audit.”

Ron McMillan
Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee

Dear Shareholder,
The Committee exercises oversight of the Group’s financial policies and 
reporting. It monitors the integrity of the financial statements and reviews 
and considers significant financial and accounting estimates and 
judgements. The Committee satisfies itself that the disclosures in the 
financial statements about these estimates and judgements are 
appropriate and obtains from the external auditor an independent view of 
the key disclosure issues and risks. In relation to risks and controls, the 
Committee ensures that these have been identified and that appropriate 
responsibilities and accountabilities have been set.

A key responsibility of the Committee is to review the scope of work 
undertaken by the internal and external auditors and to consider  
their effectiveness.

The Committee has also considered the narrative in the Strategic 
Report and believes that sufficient information has been provided to 
give shareholders a fair, balanced and understandable account of the 
Group’s business.

During the year, the Committee again oversaw the process used by the 
Board to assess the viability of the Group, the stress testing of key trading 
assumptions and the preparation of the Viability Statement, which is set 
out on page 32, in the principal risks and uncertainties section of the 
Strategic Report.

The Committee also reviewed, on the Board’s behalf, the Group’s 
adoption of policies and procedures in relation to compliance with the 
Market Abuse Regulation which came into effect in July 2016.

Further information on the Committee’s responsibilities and the manner in 
which they have been discharged is set out below.

Going forward, I shall ensure that the Committee continues to 
acknowledge and embrace its role of protecting the interests of 
shareholders as regards the integrity of published financial information 
and the effectiveness of audit.

I shall also be available at the Annual General Meeting on 28 July 2017 to 
answer any questions you may have on this report and I would like to 
thank my colleagues on the Committee for their continued help and 
support during the year.

Ron McMillan
Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee
24 May 2017

46

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Committee composition
The Committee comprises three members, each of whom is an 
independent Non-Executive Director of the Company. Two members 
constitutes a quorum. The Committee must include one financially 
qualified member with recent and relevant financial experience. The 
Committee Chairman fulfils that requirement. All members are 
expected to have an understanding of financial reporting, the Group’s 
internal control environment, relevant corporate legislation, the roles 
and functions of internal and external audit and the regulatory 
framework of the business. As reflected in the biographical 
summaries on pages 38 and 39, all members of the Committee have 
significant experience of working in or with companies in the retail 
and consumer goods sectors.

The members of the Committee during the year, each of whom has 
been in the post since June 2014, were Ron McMillan, Thomas Hübner 
and Harry Brouwer. Details of Committee meetings and attendances 
are set out on page 41 of the Corporate Governance report. The timing 
of Committee meetings is set to accommodate the dates of release of 
financial information and the approval of scope of and reviews of 
outputs from work programmes executed by the internal and external 
auditors. In addition to scheduled meetings, the Chairman of the 
Committee met with the CFO and the internal and external auditors.

Although not members of the Committee, Paul McDonald as CFO, the 
General Counsel and representatives from the internal and external 
auditors attend all meetings and, in addition, the Chairman of the 
Board regularly attends meetings.

Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Audit & Risk Committee, as delegated by the 
Board, are set out in its terms of reference which are available on the 
Group’s corporate website. They include the following:
• 

reviewing the integrity of the financial statements, price sensitive 
financial releases of the Group and the significant financial 
judgements and estimates relating thereto;

•  monitoring the scope of work, quality, effectiveness and 

independence of the external auditors and approving their 
appointment, reappointment and fees;

•  monitoring and reviewing the independence and activities of the 

internal audit function; 

•  assisting the Board with the development and execution of a risk 
management strategy, risk policies and current risk exposures, 
including the maintenance of the Group’s risk register; and
•  keeping under review the adequacy and effectiveness of the 

Group’s internal financial controls and internal control and risk 
management systems.

Committee activities in 2016/17
In discharging its oversight of the matters referred to in the 
introductory letter to this report and as set out below, the Committee 
was assisted by management, the General Counsel and the internal 
and external auditors.

The recurring work of the Committee comprised:
•  consideration of the annual report and financial statements of  

the Group;

•  consideration of the interim results report and non-statutory 

financial statements of the Group for the half year;

•  consideration of key significant areas of accounting estimation  

or judgement;

•  consideration of the significant risks included in the annual report;
•  approval of the external auditors terms of engagement, audit plan 

and fees; and

•  approval of the internal audit plan.

The Committee also considered the following matters during the year:
•  Market Abuse Regulation & Insider Dealing Policies;
•  Data Protection compliance; 
•  Related party transactions in relation to store leases;
• 
• 
•  each of the matters listed below under the section headed  

the external and internal audit plans;
the viability statement prepared by management;

Internal Audit where reports were provided during the year to  
the Committee; and

•  each of the other key matters which are reported on under each of 

the sections below. 

IT systems and business continuity
The success of the business relies on the development and operation 
of IT systems which are efficient and effective. In addition, the integrity 
and security of the IT systems are vital from a commercial standpoint.

During the year, internal audit reported on IT controls and the Group’s 
disaster recovery plan. Based on their work, the Committee was 
satisfied that IT controls are effective and that the Group has an 
effective disaster recovery plan.

Regulation
The Group operates within a fast moving and increasingly regulated 
market place and is challenged by regulatory requirements across the 
board, including those controlling bribery and corruption, the 
importation of goods, data protection and health and safety. This 
creates risk to the organisation as non-compliance can lead to 
financial penalties and reputational damage in respect of customers, 
employees, suppliers and stakeholders.

The new insider dealing regime under the Market Abuse Regulation 
came into effect in July 2016. The Committee, with the assistance of the 
General Counsel, carried out a detailed review and revision of the Group’s 
General Share Dealing Policy, Share Dealing Code, Disclosure Policy and 
implementation procedures relating to Insider Lists and records, which 
were then formally presented to and approved by the Board.

In addition to the work in relation to the review of policies in the 
previous year relating to anti-bribery and corruption, the Committee 
reviewed the compliance procedures and outcomes of the annual 
assessment process carried out during the year, and was satisfied 
with both the process and the results of compliance with the policy.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

47

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT continued

Related party transactions
There is an established process for the consideration and review of 
related party store lease transactions of the Group with Arora Family 
and Stern Family interests. Details of that process are set out on page 
43 of the Corporate Governance Statement above. 

The Committee reviews and monitors for the Board the overall total 
number of related party store leases and rents of the Group with those 
related parties during the course of the year, with a view to assessing any 
potentially material increases in the proportion of those store leases or 
rents compared with the overall store estate and rent roll. 

Internal control and risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that the Group 
maintains a sound system of internal control. There are inherent 
limitations in any system of internal control and no system can provide 
absolute assurance against material misstatements, loss or failure. 
Equally, no system can guarantee elimination of the risk of failure to 
meet the objectives of the business. Against that background, the 
Committee has helped the Board develop and maintain an approach 
to risk management which incorporates risk appetite, the framework 
within which risk is managed and the responsibilities and procedures 
pertaining to the application of the policy.

the risks and the impact they may have;

The Group is proactive in ensuring that corporate and operational 
risks are identified and managed. A corporate risk register is 
maintained which details:
1. 
2.  actions to mitigate risks;
3.  risk scores to highlight the implications of occurrence; 
4.  ownership of risks; and
5.  target dates for actions to mitigate risks.

A description of the principal risks is set out on pages 28 to 31.

The Board has confirmed that it has carried out a robust assessment 
of the principal risks facing the Group, including those which threaten 
its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

The Board considers that the processes undertaken by the Committee 
are appropriately robust and effective and in compliance with the 
guidelines issued by the Financial Reporting Council. During the year, the 
Board has not been advised by the Committee nor has it identified itself, 
any failings, frauds, or weaknesses in internal control which it has 
determined to be material in the context of the financial statements.

The Committee continues to believe that appropriate controls are in place 
throughout the Group, that the Group has a well-defined organisational 
structure with clear lines of responsibility and a comprehensive financial 
reporting system. The Committee also believes that the Company 
complies with the FRC guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control 
and related Financial Business Reporting.

Reviewing the draft interim and annual reports
The Committee considered in particular the following:
• 

the accounting principles, policies and practices adopted and the 
adequacy of related disclosures in the reports;
the significant accounting issues, estimates and judgements of 
management in relation to financial reporting;

• 

•  whether any significant adjustments were required as a result of 

the audit;

•  compliance with statutory tax obligations and the Group’s  

tax policy;

•  whether the information set out in the Strategic Report was 

balanced, comprehensive, clear and concise and covered both 
positive and negative aspects of performance; and

•  whether the use of “alternative performance measures” obscured 

IFRS measures.

Going concern
The Committee considered the going concern position of the Group 
and the Viability Statement set out on page 32. In so doing, the 
Committee ensured that the assumptions underpinning forecasts 
were stress tested and that the factors which impact risks and 
uncertainties were properly considered.

External auditors
KPMG Luxembourg Société Coopérative (KPMG) replaced Grant 
Thornton as the Group’s new independent external auditors (réviseur 
d’entreprises agréé) for the financial year ended 25 March 2017. 
KPMG’s appointment was approved by shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting on 29 July 2016. The partners responsible for the 
audit are Thierry Ravasio, a partner in KPMG’s Luxembourg office and 
Nicola Quayle, a partner in KPMG’s Manchester office. The Committee 
has reviewed the performance of KPMG, a process which involved all 
Committee members, the CFO and senior members of the financial 
function and the General Counsel. The conclusions reached were  
that KPMG performed the external audit in a very professional and 
efficient manner and it was, therefore, the Committee’s 
recommendations that the reappointment of KPMG be put to 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 28 July 2017. Given 
that this was the first year of KPMG’s tenure as auditors, the Board  
has no present plans to consider an audit tender process.

The Committee reviewed the reports prepared by KPMG on key audit 
findings and any significant deficiencies in the control environment, as 
well as the recommendations made by KPMG to improve processes 
and controls together with management’s responses to those 
recommendations. KPMG did not highlight any significant internal 
control weaknesses and management has committed to making 
appropriate changes in controls in other areas highlighted by KPMG.

48

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Non-audit work
The Board’s policy in relation to the auditors undertaking non-audit 
services is that they are normally subject to tender processes with the 
allocation of work being done on the basis of competence, cost 
effectiveness, regulatory requirements, potential conflicts of interests 
and knowledge of the Group’s business. 

Committee effectiveness
The effectiveness of the Committee during the year was evaluated as 
part of a broader externally facilitated board effectiveness review, as 
described on page 44 above.

KPMG were paid £418,000 during the year, £88,000 of which was for 
non-audit work with the remaining balance relating to audit services. 
The majority of the non-audit work (£85,000) related to work 
associated with the high yield bond that was issued during the year.

Ron McMillan
Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee
24 May 2017

KPMG was engaged in relation to the high yield bond issue as they 
had carried out the review of the Group’s half year results as auditors, 
which the bond issue circular was then based on.

The Committee is mindful of the attitude investors have to the auditors 
performing non-audit services. The Committee monitors the 
appointment of the auditors for non-audit services with a view to 
ensuring that non-audit services do not compromise the objectivity 
and independence of the auditors. Going forward, the Committee will 
ensure that fees for non-audit services will not exceed 70% of 
aggregate audit fees measured over a three year period.

Internal audit
The Group internal auditor has a direct reporting line to the Committee 
and attends all Committee meetings either in person or otherwise by 
telephone conference. During the year, internal audit undertook a 
programme of work which was discussed with and agreed by both 
management and the Committee and which was designed to 
address both risk management and areas of potential financial loss. 
Internal audit has also established procedures within the business to 
ensure that new risks are identified, evaluated and managed and that 
any necessary changes are made to the risk register.

IT Systems & Business Continuity; 

During the year, the Committee received reports from the internal 
audit function in relation to:
•  The Internal Audit Plan & Work Schedule;
•  Regulatory Compliance; 
• 
•  External Risks & Trends in Fraud;
•  Quality Assurance & Improvement Programme;
Independence & Objectivity;
• 
• 
International Expansion;
•  Shop Audits & Shrinkage;
•  Freight Charges; 
•  Supplier Discounts;
•  Commodity Prices cost inflation; and
•  The Risk Register.

In relation to each of the above, internal audit made recommendations 
for improvements, the vast majority of which were agreed by 
management and either have been or are being implemented.

The Committee has evaluated the performance of internal audit and has 
concluded that it provides constructive challenge to management and 
demonstrates a constructive and commercial view of the business.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

49

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
Annual statement by the Chair of the Remuneration Committee

The LTIP granted to the CFO initially awarded shortly following IPO will 
vest in August 2017 on its third anniversary. This was subject to two 
performance conditions being that the Group’s underlying UK EBITDA* 
increased by at least 30% over the period to 31 March 2017 (which has 
been met) and that the Company’s Total Shareholder Return grew by at 
least 15% over the 3 year period to 1 August 2017. This period has not 
yet ended but the condition seems likely to be met.

Implementation of remuneration policy for 2017/18
Base salary levels for the two Executive Directors were increased by 2% in 
line with the average for UK staff generally. The AIP and LTIP 
arrangements remain substantially unchanged from the previous year. 
Again, the Chief Executive will not participate in an LTIP grant in 2017/18.

Policy review
The policy approved by shareholders at the 2015 AGM has served the 
Company well over the last two years. As it will reach the end of its 
three year life at the 2018 AGM, the Committee will shortly commence 
a review of the policy to consider what, if any, changes may be 
appropriate in suggesting a revised policy to that AGM. The 
Committee will consult, as appropriate, with major shareholders in 
due course as part of that review.

Format of the report
The report sets out the Company’s Annual Remuneration Report on 
pages 51 to 56, which details the remuneration paid to the Directors in 
the 2016/17 financial year, and which is subject to a shareholder 
advisory vote at our 2017 AGM.

Consistent with best practice, we have set out the remuneration policy 
table which was approved in 2015 on pages 57 to 59, and the full 
policy report is available in the 2015 Annual Report on our website 
at www.bandmretail.com.

We have continued to work to ensure that the Company’s remuneration 
arrangements provide an appropriate balance between the interests 
of shareholders and those of the executives. Accordingly, we hope we 
can count on your support on this year’s vote on the remuneration 
report.

This report has been prepared under the regulations adopted in the 
UK in 2013 for the reporting of executive remuneration, as was also the 
case last year. As the Company is a Luxembourg registered company, 
it is not subject to that regime, however, the Committee considers 
those regulations to be reflective of best practice and has, therefore, 
followed that practice, while maintaining our status as a Luxembourg 
registered company.

The Committee welcomes any questions or feedback in relation to this 
report from our shareholders.

Kathleen Guion
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
24 May 2017

* 

The directors consider adjusted figures to be more reflective of the underlying 
business performance of the Group and believe that this measure provides 
additional useful information for investors on the Group’s performance. See 
reconciliation of adjusted measures to statutory measures on page 25.

“The policy approved by 
shareholders at the 2015 
AGM has served the 
Company well over the  
last two years.”

Kathleen Guion
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present this year’s Remuneration Committee (the 
“Committee”) report on behalf of the Board. The report includes details of 
the remuneration of the Directors for the financial year 2016/17 and how 
the present shareholder approved policy will be applied for 2017/18.

The votes at the AGM last year on the report on the Directors’ 
remuneration were over 99% in favour of the report.

Performance and rewards for 2016/17
The performance of the Group in 2016/17 has been strong. Total Group 
revenues increased by 19.4%, adjusted profit before tax* increased by 
25.6%, the Group’s cash flow from operations increased by 23.4% and 
there was also a 7.6% increase in UK store openings and 33.9% in 
Germany in the year.

This resulted in an Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) out-turn for the CEO  
and CFO of 80% and 73% of their respective maximums, which 
reflected this strong financial performance together with the 
Committee’s assessment against the objectives set for each of them  
at the start of the year. 

50

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Remuneration Report

Implementation of Remuneration Policy
The Committee has operated the remuneration policy in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”) which was approved 
by shareholders at the Company’s AGM on 30 July 2015. 

This section of the report sets out how the Policy has been applied in the financial year 2016/17 and any significant changes in how it will be 
applied in the next financial year.

Where sections of the report have been subject to audit, they are marked accordingly.

Single figure table of total remuneration of Executive Directors – audited
The audited table below shows the aggregate remuneration of the Executive Directors of the Company during the financial year 2016/17.

Executive Directors

Simon Arora (CEO)

Paul McDonald (CFO)

Year1

Salaries
£

Benefits2
£

Bonus
£

2015/16
2016/17
2015/16
2016/17

575,000
589,375
290,000
297,250

26,260
32,028
3,258
5,941

–
678,692
–
216,565

Value of 
long term 
incentives³
£

–
–
–
221,674

Pension4
£

Total
£

378
103,636
38,603
39,235

601,638
1,403,731
331,861
780,665

The 2015/16 year is for the 52 weeks ended 26 March 2016 and the 2016/17 year is for the 52 weeks ended 25 March 2017.

1 
2  Benefits in 2015/16 and 2016/17 include company car/car allowance cash equivalent as a benefit in kind, fuel and running costs, critical illness insurance, for the CFO only 

3 

4 

permanent healthcare insurance, and, (from 2016/17 only) life assurance for each Executive Director. 
LTIP awards in 2015/16 and 2016/17 were subject to pre-vest performance conditions, so they will be included on the satisfaction of those conditions. The performance 
targets for the LTIP are set out on page 53. While the 2014/15 grant cannot be finally tested, it appears likely to fully meet those conditions as explained on page 52 so it has 
been included in the above figures using the average share price over the last 3 months of the financial year of £2.9926p. 
For each of 2015/16 and 2016/17, pensions include auto-enrolment pension employer contributions and (except for 2015/16 in relation to the CEO, being nil in that year) a 
cash equivalent allowance to pension contribution entitlement less employers’ NICs.

Salary 
As referred to last year, the Executive Directors received a 2.5% increase in base salaries with effect from the beginning of the financial year 
under review. 

The Executive Directors received a 2% increase in their base salaries with effect from the beginning of the 2017/18 financial year. 

The next planned salary review for the Executive Directors will be from the beginning of the 2018/19 financial year, being the financial year when 
the remuneration policy for Directors will be next due for consideration and voting on by shareholders. 

The comparator group of retailers used in the benchmarking exercise at the time of setting the CEO and CFO base salaries and overall 
remuneration packages included the following FTSE 350 retailers (being both the FTSE General Retailers Sector and the FTSE Food and Drug 
Retailers Index constituents): AO World, Booker, Debenhams, Dignity, Dunelm, Greggs, Halfords, Home Retail Group (since taken over), Inchcape, 
J Sainsbury, JD Sports Fashion, Kingfisher, Marks & Spencer, Morrison Supermarkets, N Brown, Next, Ocado, Pets At Home, Poundland, Saga, 
Sports Direct, SSP, Supergroup, Tesco and WH Smith.

Benefits
Benefits are set by the Committee in accordance with the remuneration policy set out on pages 57 to 59 below. There are no changes proposed 
to the overall benefits framework for 2017/18. 

Pension
Pension contributions are in line with the remuneration policy. The amounts paid in the year represent either the amount contributed to personal 
pension plans, or the equivalent cash value (adjusted for the cost of employers’ NICs) as salary supplements. As reported last year, the CEO 
waived his entitlement to his annual pension benefit in full in the financial year 2015/16, but has taken up his entitlement for 2016/17. 

There are no increases proposed to the rates of the pension benefits of the Executive Directors for 2017/18 which remain at 20% of base salary 
(or cash equivalent less Employers’ NICs) for the CEO and 15% of base salary (or cash equivalent less Employers’ NICs) for the CFO, in line with the 
remuneration policy.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

51

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Bonus
Executive Directors received bonus payments in 2016/17 in line with the 
remuneration policy and the terms of the Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”), 
in the amounts set out in the table on page 51 above.

The Committee reviewed the AIP during the year and remains satisfied 
that it continues to be appropriate for the Company, together with the 
EBITDA gateway and cap on other performance measures going forward. 

The financial targets for 2016/17 were set against Adjusted Group 
EBITDA performance as follows: 

Threshold
Target 
Max

Adjusted Group
EBITDA target¹

£210.78m
£234.20m
£245.91m

% maximum overall
Bonus opportunity

12.5% 
25%
50%

1 

The performance condition as originally set was applied without the exercise of 
discretion except that, as the base EBITDA was set adjusted for the set up costs of new 
store openings, the end EBITDA was calculated on the same basis which added back 
£6.3m in the year (2016: £7.6m) of new store pre-opening costs to the reported figure. 
There is a straight-line vesting between the threshold, target and maximum points 
achieved.

The other 50% of the AIP related to personal and leadership 
development objectives which would only deliver a payment to the 
extent the above financial range was also met (i.e. executives received 
the lower of the financial out-turn percentage and the assessment of 
their personal and leadership development). These objectives focused 
on a number of key performance indicators ranging from strategic, 
operational and investor relations matters.

In particular:

CEO

CFO

Personal Objectives 
(30% weighting)

The CFO’s targets 
focused on financial 
reporting, treasury 
and banking 
including the 
refinancing, 
development of 
internal audit function 
and investor relations.

The CEO was set a 
target for UK new 
store openings which 
was exceeded with 
53 gross new stores 
being opened. He 
was also set targets 
relating to supply 
chain and other costs 
efficiency which were 
assessed as 
between on-target 
and maximum, and 
investor relations 
which was fully met.

Overall 27 out of 30

Overall 23 out of 30

Personal 
Development 
Objectives (20% 
weighting)

This focused on 
establishing a robust 
executive committee, 
which was achieved.

This focused on the 
coaching of direct 
reports and 
collaboration with 
peers. In particular, 
the CFO supported 
the 9 store chain 
Knüller acquisition  
by Jawoll.

Overall 13 out of 20

Overall 10 out of 20

As the non-financial out-turn for the CEO of 40 out of 50 was marginally 
higher than the financial out-turn of 39.86, the amount awarded was 
reduced to this lower level. The CFO received the assessed out-turn of 33 
out of 50.

Accordingly, for 2017/18, the maximum bonus opportunity for the CEO and 
CFO will remain at 150% and 100% of base salary respectively. Under the 
awards for 2017/18, 50% of the maximum bonus opportunity is again 
based on the achievement of an EBITDA target, 30% on achievement of 
individual KPI’s and 20% on other personal leadership and development 
criteria (although the EBITDA condition again applies as a gateway to the 
individual and personal measures as explained below).

The maximum level of bonus for 2017/18 will be dependent on 
achievement of the maximum EBITDA target and the highest individual 
and other personal performance ratings. No bonus will be paid unless a 
threshold level of EBITDA is achieved. Also the percentage rate achieved of 
the EBITDA target will apply as a similar percentage rate cap on the 
amounts due in respect of the individual and other personal targets. 
Therefore, any amounts due under the individual and personal targets will 
be the lower of the EBITDA achievement and the achievement under those 
targets. The Committee does not disclose those targets in advance as they 
are commercially sensitive and it is not market practice to do so. Suitable 
disclosure of the financial target ranges will again be included in next 
year’s report retrospectively.

Long term Incentives
No performance share awards granted at any time under the 
Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) vested in the year 2016/17 
as no awards reached the end of the relevant performance period. 
However, the award granted on 1 August 2014 to the CFO was based 
on a combination of underlying UK EBITDA to 31 March 2017 which has 
been met (74.7% growth compared with a target of 30%) and, while 
TSR will be measured to 1 August 2017, it appears likely that that target 
will also be met (currently tracking approximately 45% growth 
compared with a target of 15%). On this basis, the award has been 
included within the single figure on an estimated basis.

Under the LTIP, subject to meeting performance conditions set by the 
Committee, awards will ordinarily vest on the third anniversary of the date 
of grant with, for awards from 2015 onwards, a further two year holding 
period applying. The maximum individual limits for awards are capped at 
100% of base salary (or 200% in exceptional circumstances).

No awards were granted to the CEO under the LTIP in 2016/17 and 
none are envisaged in 2017/18.

An award was made to the CFO under the LTIP on 18 August 2016 over 
shares then worth 100% of his base salary. Details of the award are set 
out on page 53.

For 2017/18, it is expected that awards will be made shortly following 
the announcement of the 2016/17 results. This will be for the CFO only 
and will be equal to 100% of base salary, with performance measures 
unchanged from those applying to the LTIP grant for 2016/17. The TSR 
condition will be the same as the LTIP for 2016/17. The EPS range is set 
out on page 53. There will again be a holding period expiring on the 
fifth anniversary of the date of the grant.

52

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Remuneration of the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors – audited
The Chairman does not receive any fees as he is not an independent Chairman of the Company. One of the other five Non-Executive Directors, 
David Novak, does not receive any fees as he is not an independent Director.

The fees of the Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board and take account of Chairmanship of Board committee’s and the time and 
responsibility of the roles of each of them.

The fees paid for 2016/17 to the Non-Executive Directors were as follows:

Director

Sir Terry Leahy
Thomas Hübner
Kathleen Guion
Ron McMillan
Harry Brouwer
David Novak

2016/17
Fee £

–
71,500 
66,000 
66,000
55,000 
–

2015/16
Fee £

–
71,500 
66,000 
66,000
55,000 
–

Scheme interests awarded during the financial year – audited
The audited table shows all share awards held by Directors, together with awards made in 2016/17. Each award takes the form of nil cost options under 
the LTIP scheme, with each grant being equal to 100% of base salary. None of the share awards granted in any year have yet vested.

Director

Date of grant

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted

Share price at 
date of grant

Face value of 
award

% of face 
value that 
would vest at 
threshold 
performance

Paul McDonald

01.08.14
05.08.15

£2.715
£3.570

74,074
81,232

£201,110.91
£289,998.24

100%
25%

18.08.16

£2.726 

109,042

£297,248.49

25%

Vesting on performance over date

Third anniversary of the date of grant
Third anniversary of the date of grant. Subject to an 
additional two year holding period
Third anniversary of the date of grant. Subject to an 
additional two year holding period

Performance targets for outstanding LTIP awards
The performance conditions for the LTIP award made on 1 August 2014 are that the award will vest in full if:
(a)  the Company’s underlying UK consolidated EBITDA in the financial year ended 31 March 2017 is not less than 130% of its underlying UK 

consolidated EBITDA in the financial year ended 31 March 2014; and

(b)  the total shareholder return over the period 1 August 2014 to 1 August 2017 is at least 15%. 

The “shareholder return” includes the difference in the share price at the end of that period less the price at the beginning of the period plus the total 
cash value of dividends, distributions, bonus shares and dividend reinvestments relating to the shares on or before 1 August 2017.

The performance conditions for each of the LTIP awards made on 5 August 2015 and 18 August 2016 (and the award due to be made in 2017) are 
as follows:
(a)  50% of the relevant award shares vest based on the Company’s relative TSR performance against the FTSE 350 retailers (being both the FTSE 

General Retailers Sector and the FTSE Food and Drug Retailers Index constituents) over the three year period commencing from the beginning 
of the financial year in which the relevant award was granted (the “Performance Period”) as derived by comparing the one month prior to the 
start and end of the relevant Performance Period. Vesting occurs on achievement (as a threshold level) of a median relative TSR performance 
ranking being attained at the end of the relevant Performance Period, with 25% of that portion of the relevant award shares then becoming 
exercisable. On attaining an upper quartile relative TSR performance ranking at the end of the relevant Performance Period, 100% of that 
portion of the relevant award shares would become exercisable at the expiry of the relevant holding period explained below, with a 
straight-line proportion vesting between median and upper quartile ranking being achieved; and

(b)  50% of the relevant award shares vest based on growth in adjusted EPS of the Company over the Performance Period. Vesting occurs on 

achievement of the following EPS ranges (with straight-line interpolation between those targets): 

August 2015 award
August 2016 award
2017 award (planned)

Financial year 
assessed

2017/18
2018/19
2019/20

Threshold  
(25% of that 
part vesting)

Stretch (100%  
of that part 
vesting)

15p
17.5p
19p

19p
22.5p
24p

Consistent with best practice guidelines, the Committee has discretion to adjust these targets if, in its view, the reported out-turn is unduly 
impacted by share buy-backs (or equivalent unanticipated transactions) to ensure that participants do not receive an unintended benefit from 
such transactions.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

53

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

The awards made on 5 August 2015 and 18 August 2016 each have a 
holding period expiring on the fifth anniversary of the date of the grant 
of the relevant award as will the proposed 2017 award.

Payments to past Directors and loss of office payments – audited
There were no payments to past Directors or for loss of office in the 
year ended 25 March 2017.

Directors’ shareholding and share interests – audited
Under the remuneration policy, the shareholding guideline for 
Executive Directors is for a shareholding to be built up and maintained 
by them of 200% of base salary. Where an Executive Director does not 
meet the shareholding guideline, they are expected to retain all shares 
which vest under the LTIP (or any other share plans in the future) after 
allowing for tax. 

The Committee reviews share ownership levels annually. The 
shareholding guideline requirement is exceeded by the CEO in relation 
to the interests as referred to in the table below. The CFO does not 
currently hold any shares in the Company, not having been a 
shareholder in the Group prior to or on the IPO of the Company in June 
2014. The CFO has unvested LTIP awards following the IPO which, 
subject to performance conditions being achieved and them vesting 
during the course of 2017/18 and following years, will in that event then 
count toward the guideline requirement.

Total Shareholder Return (Rebased)
Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

B&M European Value Retail
FTSE 250 (Ex IT)

130

125

120

115

110

105

100

95

90

12 June 2014

28 March 2015

26 March 2016

25 March 2017

This graph shows the value by 25 March 2017 of £100 invested in B&M 
from 12 June 2014 (the date on which the Company’s shares were first 
conditionally traded) compared with the value of £100 invested in the 
FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts).

Remuneration of the CEO
The table below shows the remuneration for the CEO for each of the 
last three financial years since the IPO of the Company in June 2014.

Single Figure

£166,606
£601,638 
£1,403,731

Bonus as a % 
of max

LTIP as a % of 
max

N/A
0%
76.77%

N/A
N/A
N/A

The table below sets out the number of shares held or potentially held 
by Directors (including their connected persons or related parties 
where relevant) as at the financial year ended 2016/17. 

2014/15
2015/16
2016/17

Director

Sir Terry Leahy2
Simon Arora
Paul McDonald
Thomas Hübner
Kathleen Guion
Ron McMillan
Harry Brouwer
David Novak2

Shares held 
beneficially1

Unvested options 
with performance 
conditions3

–
209,880,828
–
11,111
11,111
37,037
18,518
–

–
–
264,348
–
–
–
–
–

1 
2 

Includes any shares held by connected persons or related parties.
Sir Terry Leahy and David Novak have an interest in the shares held by CD&R 
European Value Retail Investment S.à.r.l, which holds 114,100,528 of the ordinary 
share capital being 11.41% of the voting rights in the Company, as a result of their 
interests in Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.

3  Nil cost options.

There have been no changes in the Directors’ interests in shares in the 
Company between the end of the 2016/17 financial year and the date 
of this report.

Performance graph and pay table
The chart below illustrates the Company’s Total Shareholder Return 
(“TSR”) performance against the performance of the FTSE 250 Index 
(excluding investment trusts) of which the Company is a constituent, 
from 12 June 2014 (the date on which the Company’s shares were first 
conditionally traded).

Change in remuneration of the Chief Executive
The table below shows the percentage changes in the CEO’s 
remuneration between the financial year ended 26 March 2016 and 
25 March 2017 compared to the amounts for UK full time employees of 
the Group for each of the following elements of pay:

CEO
UK full time employees 

(average)1

Salary 
increase/
(decrease) 

Annual bonus 
increase/
(decrease)

 Taxable 
benefits 
increase/
(decrease)

2.5%

N/A2 

21.97%

2.91%

-2.10%

8.28%

1 
2 

This includes all salaried UK employees.
The annual bonus increase has been shown as N/A as the 2015/16 bonus was 
zero so the percentage increase cannot be calculated.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the movement in spend on pay for all 
employees compared with distributions to shareholders for the 
financial years ended 26 March 2016 and 25 March 2017.

£’000

2015/16

2016/17

% change

Total pay for employees
Distributions to shareholders1

240,189
41,000

290,983
151,000

21.2%
268.3%

1 

There have not been any buy-backs of shares so this element has been excluded 
from the above table.

54

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Service contracts 
The service contract for the CEO is terminable by either the Company 
or the CEO on 12 months’ notice and the service contract for the CFO by 
either party on 6 months’ notice. Each of their service contracts allow 
for early termination with payment in lieu of notice. There are no 
enhanced provisions on a change of control under the Executive 
Directors’ service contracts. The service contracts of the Executive 
Directors are available for inspection at the registered office of the 
Company. The service contracts are dated 29 May 2014 in relation to 
the CEO and 2 July 2015 in relation to the CFO.

External appointments
Subject to Board approval, Executive Directors are permitted to take on 
non-executive positions with other companies and to retain their fees 
in respect of such positions. Simon Arora is a non-executive director of 
Anglesource Limited. No fees were received by him for that external 
appointment during the year ended 25 March 2017.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
A review of the Non-Executive Directors fees (other than in relation to 
the Chairman and the other Non-Independent Director) has been 
carried out by the Board for 2017/18. The Board consulted FIT 
Remuneration Consultants LLP in relation to benchmarking of 
Non-Executive Director fees. As a result of the review, the fees for the 
Non-Executive Directors were increased as set out below with effect 
from the beginning of the 2017/18 financial year. 

The revised rates are in line with the median range compared with 
FTSE 350 companies generally, but without any premium for the extra 
time commitment of staying and travelling to Board and Committee 
meetings which are all held outside the UK. The structure of the fees 
remains the same as they were set by the Board at the time of the IPO, 
which take account of Chairmanships of Board Committees and the 
role of the Senior Independent Director.

The following fee rates per annum are payable following that review to 
the Non-Executive Directors in 2017/18:
•  base fee £58,000 (2016/17: £55,000);
•  senior independent director supplemental fee £16,500 

(2016/17: £16,500);

•  committee chair supplemental fee £12,000 (2016/17: £11,000).

All fees are subject to the aggregate fee cap for Directors in the 
Articles of Association of the Company, which remains currently at 
£800,000 per annum. 

The Chairman and one of the other Non-Executive Directors of the 
Company, David Novak, do not receive any fees from the Company. 
The Committee has responsibility for determining fees paid to the 
Chairman of the Board. While, subject to the cap above, Chairman’s 
fees may be paid for that role at any time in the future, in 2016/17 there 
were no fees paid to the Chairman.

Details of the fees which were paid to Non-Executive Directors in 2016/17 
and for the prior year are set out in the table on page 53 above. The 
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are entitled to reimbursement 
of all expenses reasonably incurred by them in the performance of their 
duties. The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors do not participate 
in any bonus or share plans of the Company.

All the Non-Executive Directors of the Company have letters of 
appointment dated 24 May 2017 with the Company for a period of 3 years 
subject to 3 months’ notice of termination by either side at any time and 
subject to annual re-appointment as a Director by the shareholders. The 
appointment letters provide that no other compensation is payable on 
termination. Those letters remain in force without any changes proposed 
to them. 

Insurance
All of the members of the Board have the benefit of Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance which gives them cover for legal action 
which may arise against them personally except in relation to any 
fraud or dishonesty.

Remuneration Committee
The members of the Committee for 2016/17 comprise 3 independent 
Non-Executive Directors, being, Kathleen Guion (Committee Chair), 
Ron McMillan and Harry Brouwer.

The responsibilities of the Committee are set out in the Corporate 
Governance section of the Annual Report on page 40.

The Committee is assisted by the General Counsel of the Group  
who is invited to attend Committee meetings. The Committee invites 
the Chairman and the CEO as and when the Committee considers it 
appropriate, to attend meetings and assist the Committee in its 
deliberations. No person is present during any deliberations relating 
to their own remuneration or is involved in determining their  
own remuneration.

The attendance of members of the Committee at meetings of it was  
as follows:

Director

Kathleen Guion
Harry Brouwer
Ron McMillan

Role

Meetings attended

Committee Chair
Committee Member
Committee Member

4 out of 4
 4 out of 4 
4 out of 4

The effectiveness of the Committee during the year was evaluated as 
part of a broader externally facilitated board effectiveness review, 
details of which are set out on page 44. The overall conclusion of the 
review was that the Committee is highly effective in discharging its 
functions and reporting to the Board.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

55

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Shareholder voting
The resolutions to approve the directors’ remuneration policy at the 2015 AGM and the remuneration report at the 2016 AGM were passed as follows:

Resolution

Votes for

% for

Votes against

% against

Total votes cast

% of shares on 
register

Votes withheld

To approve the remuneration policy 

(2015)

843,228,764

99.71

2,487,049

0.29

845,715,813

84.57

194,847

To approve the remuneration report 

(2016)

830,714,276

99.41

4,964,369

0.59

835,678,645

83.57

846,486

Advisors to the Committee
FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) has been appointed as remuneration consultants by the Committee. FIT are retained to provide advice 
on remuneration for the Executive Directors and some other members of the senior management. FIT does not provide any other services to the 
Group. FIT were appointed by the Committee after appropriate consideration of their experience in this sector.

FIT are a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and subscribes to its Code of Conduct which requires that its advice must be objective 
and impartial. For the financial year 2016/17 FIT’s total fees were £25,083 excluding vat and expenses. 

Remuneration Policy Table 
The table below summarises the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy, as approved by shareholders at the 2015 AGM. It has been 
reproduced in the same form from last year’s report. A full copy of the whole of the remuneration policy is set out in pages 35 to 41 of the 2015 
Annual Report, which is available on our website at www.bandmretail.com.

This report has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and signed on behalf of the Board by:

Kathleen Guion
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
24 May 2017

56

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Policy Table (from the Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the AGM in 2015)
The table below describes the elements of remuneration paid to the Executive Directors:

Element and purpose

Policy and opportunity

Operation and performance conditions

Base salary
This is the basic pay and reflects the 
individual’s role, responsibility and 
contribution to the Group

Benefits
To provide benefits which are valued by the 
individual and assist them in carrying out  
their duties

Base salaries are reviewed annually. 
Changes typically take effect from the 
beginning of the relevant financial year

On reviews, consideration is given by the 
Committee to a range of factors including 
the Group’s overall performance, market 
conditions and individual performance of 
executives and the level of salary increase 
given to employees across the Group

Base salaries are benchmarked against 
companies with a comparable market 
capitalisation, with base salaries generally 
being set then by the Committee against a 
median or lower level

Similarly, in practice the Committee will 
typically discount the data to recognise that 
the cost of living in the North West is lower 
than in some other parts of the UK

Given the requirement under UK regulations 
for a formal cap, the Committee has limited 
the maximum salary it may award to 110% of 
the median of salaries for the role in the FTSE 
350 retailers. In practice though the 
Committee would normally expect to keep it 
below the median of this benchmark

Provide market competitive benefits

The Group may periodically review benefits 
available to employees. Executives will 
generally be eligible to receive those 
benefits on similar terms to other senior 
employees

The cost of benefits paid to an Executive in 
any one year are capped at £75,000, but this 
may be exceeded in exceptional 
circumstances if the cost of a benefit were to 
increase significantly

In addition, where the Committee considers 
it appropriate to do so, additional relocation 
expenses may be paid

Base salary is paid 4 weekly in cash

Base salaries are reviewed annually with 
changes usually taking effect from 1 April

Executives are entitled to a car allowance or 
a company car, car insurance and other 
running costs and fuel for business use, 
death in service life assurance, permanent 
disability and critical illness insurance and 
any other Group wide benefits including a 
10% B&M stores discount card

Business travel and associated hospitality 
are provided in the normal course of 
business and authorised by the Committee 
on a standing basis

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

57

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Element and purpose

Policy and opportunity

Operation and performance conditions

Pension
To provide an appropriate level of contribution 
to retirement planning

Provide a market competitive pension 
contribution (or equivalent cash allowance) 
of a total maximum value up to 20% of base 
salary for the CEO and 15% (or equivalent 
cash allowance) for other Executive Directors

Executives may take pension benefits as 
contributions to defined contribution personal 
pension plans, or elect to receive cash in lieu 
of all or part of that benefit (this is not taken into 
account as salary for calculating bonus, LTIP or 
other benefit awards)

Annual bonus
To incentivise and reward individuals for the 
delivery of annual performance targets

Long-term incentives
To incentivise the delivery of strategic 
objectives over the longer term, the Group 
operates the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) 
which was adopted prior to Admission

The current annual bonus potential for the CEO 
is 150% of base salary and 100% of base 
salary for other Executive Directors. Their 
threshold bonus levels will be no more than 
25% of their respective maxima, and, their 
target bonus levels 50% of their respective 
maxima. As the regulations require a formal 
cap for a three year period, future bonus 
potential will only increase where appropriate 
against market data and, in any event, will be 
subject to an overall maxima of 200% of salary 
for any Executive Director

Clawback provisions apply to the annual 
bonus plan

Bonuses are paid in cash although the 
Committee reserves the power to impose 
deferral should it consider that to be 
appropriate

The policy is to make awards to Executive 
Directors of shares with a face value on grant 
of up to 100% of base salary each year under 
the LTIP

Awards of up to 200% of base salary can be 
made if the Committee considers that 
exceptional circumstances exist

No LTIP awards are proposed to be made to 
the CEO while he continues to hold a 
significant shareholding above the minimum 
shareholding guidelines set out below

The LTIP does not credit participants with 
dividends paid during the performance period

Clawback and malus provisions apply to 
awards made under the LTIP from 29 March 
2015 onward

LTIP awards may, subject to the discretion of 
the Committee, be made subject to holding 
periods during which the participant may not 
dispose of the shares for a period of time after 
they become exercisable

If the individual elects to receive any part of 
their pension contribution benefit as a cash 
allowance instead, employers’ NICs are 
deducted from that element

The performance measures are reviewed 
annually by the Committee in line with the 
Company’s strategy

The performance measures applied may be 
financial and/or operational and corporate, 
divisional and/or individual

Performance conditions once set will 
generally remain unaltered, but the 
Committee has the right in its absolute 
discretion to make adjustments during any 
performance period to reflect any events 
arising which were unforeseen when the 
performance conditions were originally set 
by the Committee

Awards may be made annually of nil cost 
options based on performance conditions

The Committee may set three year 
performance conditions based on financial 
and/or operational and corporate, divisional 
and/or individual criteria as it considers 
appropriate

Performance conditions once set will generally 
remain unaltered, but the Committee has the 
right in its absolute discretion to make 
adjustments during any performance period in 
case of any events arising which were 
unforeseen when the performance conditions 
were originally set by the Committee

No more than 25% of an award can be earned 
for threshold performance

Where a holding period is imposed in the 
discretion of the Committee in relation to any 
LTIP award, the default position (unless the 
Committee determines otherwise) is for the 
holding period to expire on the fifth anniversary 
of the date of grant of the relevant award

58

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Element and purpose

Policy and opportunity

Operation and performance conditions

Shareholding guidelines
To encourage share ownership and create 
alignment of interests of Executive Directors 
and shareholders

Executive Directors are expected to retain all 
shares which vest under the LTIP (or any 
other plans which may be adopted in the 
future) on a net of tax basis until they hold 
shares of a specified value

Shares subject to these guidelines and any 
unvested share awards may not be hedged 
or used as security for loans

All-employee share plans
To encourage share ownership by  
employees and participate in the long-term 
success of the Group, the Group operates  
an all-employee share incentive plan for  
UK employees which was adopted prior  
to Admission

Executive Directors can participate in the 
all-employee share incentive plan (“SIP”) on 
the same terms as other employees of the 
Group in the UK

The required level of shareholding is 200% 
of the base salary of the relevant executive

Executive Directors are expected to maintain 
their minimum shareholding levels once 
they have obtained those shareholding 
levels. The Committee will review 
shareholdings annually against the policy 
and as share awards mature

The Committee reserves the right to alter the 
shareholding guidelines during the period 
of the policy but without making the 
guidelines any less onerous overall

Under the rules of the SIP employees can 
purchase a maximum of £1,800 worth of 
shares per annum from their pre-tax and 
pre-national insurance salary through a UK 
resident SIP Trust

The rules also permit an award of free 
shares worth up to £3,600 per year and for 
purchased shares to be matched on up to a 
2:1 basis although these elements have not 
been operated to date

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

59

DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND BUSINESS REVIEW

The Directors present their report (the “Management Report”) under 
Luxembourg Law and DTR4.1.5R, together with the consolidated 
financial statements and annual accounts of the Group and of the 
Company as at 25 and 31 March 2017 respectively and for the 
accounting periods then ended. As permitted under Luxembourg Law, 
the Directors have elected to prepare a single Management Report 
covering both the Group and the Company. The Strategic Report, 
Corporate Governance Report and Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
pages 1 to 37, 40 to 45 and 50 to 56 respectively form part of this 
report.

Employees
The Group has continued its practice of keeping staff informed of 
matters affecting them as employees through local meetings, 
company newsletters and notice boards. The Group seeks to ensure 
that disabled people, whether applying for a vacancy or already in 
employment, receive equal opportunities in respect of those vacancies 
that they are able to fill, are not discriminated against on the grounds 
of their disability and are given full and fair consideration of 
applications, continuing training while employed and equal 
opportunity for career development and promotion.

Company status
B&M European Value Retail S.A. (the “Company”) is the holding 
company of the Group. It was incorporated on 19 May 2014 as a public 
limited liability company (Société Anonyme) under the laws of the 
Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg and it is domiciled in Luxembourg. The 
Company has a premium listing on the London Stock Exchange.

Directors
The Directors of the Company as at 31 March 2017 and their interests in 
shares and share awards made to them under share incentive 
schemes in the Company are shown on page 53. There have been no 
changes in the Board of the Company between 31 March 2017 and the 
date of this report.

Branches
The Group had no registered external branches during the reporting 
period.

In accordance with the Articles of Association of the Company (the 
“Articles”), all the Directors will retire at the Annual General Meeting 
(”AGM”) on 28 July 2017. All the retiring Directors, being eligible, will 
stand for re-election as Directors at that meeting.

Principal activity
The principal activity of the Group is variety retailing in the UK and 
Germany. The Company has a corporate office in Luxembourg.

Business review
This report together with the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37, sets out 
the review of the Group’s business during the financial year ended 25 
March 2017, including factors likely to affect the future development 
and performance of the business and a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties the Group faces, and the Strategic Report is 
incorporated by reference in this report.

Directors indemnities
The Company’s Articles of Association permit the Company to 
indemnify its Directors in certain circumstances, as well as to provide 
insurance for the benefit of its Directors. The Company has Director’s 
and Officer’s insurance in place in respect of all the Directors. The 
insurance does not provide cover where a Director has acted 
fraudulently or dishonestly.

Political donations
No political donations were made in the financial year.

Results and dividend
The Group’s profit after tax for the financial year ended 25 March 2017 
of GBP £144.0m is reported in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income on page 67.

Financial instruments
Details of the Group’s objectives and policies on financial risk 
management, and of the financial instruments currently in use, are set 
out in note 17 to the consolidated financial accounts.

The Board is recommending a final dividend of 3.9p per ordinary 
share, which together with the interim dividend of 1.9p per ordinary 
share paid in December 2016 is a total dividend for the year of 5.8p, 
which reflects the upper end of the dividend policy of paying 30-40% 
of normalised post-IPO earnings¹.

Share capital
The Company’s share capital and changes to it in the financial year, 
are set out on page 63 below and in note 20 to the consolidated 
financial statements on page 94 which forms part of this report.

1  Dividends are stated as gross amounts before deduction of Luxembourg 

withholding tax which is currently 15%.

Post balance sheet events
There have been no post balance sheet events that either require 
adjustment to the financial statements or are important in the 
understanding of the Group’s current position.

Corporate social responsibility
Our CSR activity is set out in the Corporate Social Responsibility report 
on pages 33 to 37.

Greenhouse gas emissions
Details of the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions are contained in the 
Corporate Social Responsibility report on pages 33 to 37 which forms 
part of this report.

In common with other Luxembourg registered companies, the 
Directors have authority to allot ordinary shares in the Company and to 
dis-apply pre-emption rights under certain limits and conditions as 
permitted under the Articles of Association of the Company. The 
Directors intend to comply with the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of 
Principles, in relation to any issue of shares of the Company to the 
extent practical as a Luxembourg registered company.

The Board intends to seek an authorisation of shareholders at the 
AGM on 28 July 2017 that the Company, purchase, acquire or receive 
B&M European Value Retail S.A.‘s own shares. This resolution will 
usually be requested at each AGM. No shares of the Company have 
been repurchased and no contract has been entered into at any time 
since the incorporation of the Company.

60

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Each ordinary share entitles the holder to vote at general meetings of 
the Company in person or by proxy. Unless otherwise provided by 
Luxembourg Company Law or the Articles, all decisions by an annual 
or general shareholders’ meeting are taken by a simple majority of 
votes cast regardless of the proportion of capital represented by 
shareholders in attendance at the meeting. The notice of the Annual 
General Meeting specifies deadlines for exercising voting rights and 
appointing a proxy to vote.

Holders of ordinary shares may receive a dividend and on liquidation 
may share in the assets of the Company. Subject to meeting certain 
thresholds, holders of ordinary shares may requisition a general 
meeting of the Company or the proposal of resolutions at general 
meetings. The rights (including full details relating to voting), 
obligations and any restrictions on transfers relating to the Company’s 
ordinary shares, as well as the powers of the Directors, are set out in 
the Articles of Association.

Change of control
The Company has a senior facilities agreement (the ‘SFA’) in relation to 
a £300 million term loan (which has been drawn in full) and a £150 
million revolving credit facility. The SFA provides that on a change of 
control of the Company, each lender has the right to require early 
repayment of their loans and to cancel all their commitments under 
the SFA on not less 10 Business Days’ notice to the Company.

The Company has £250 million 4.125% senior secured notes due 2022, 
of which all £250 million remain outstanding. On a change of control 
of the Company, each bondholder has the option to require the 
Company to repurchase all or part of the notes of such holder at a 
purchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest 
up to the date of repurchase.

The Group’s credit and loan facilities with its banks and fleet finance 
agreements for HGV’s contain customary cancellation and repayment 
provisions upon a change of control. 

Details of agreements and control rights which may result in 
restrictions on transfers of shares are set out in section (b) on page 63 
below. The Company is not aware of any other agreements between 
shareholders that restrict the transfer of shares or voting rights 
attached to the shares.

Employee share incentive schemes also have customary change of 
control provisions triggering vesting and exercise on performance 
conditions being met or (in the discretion of the Company) being 
waived.

Employee share ownership trust
The Company established the B&M European Value Retail S.A. 
Employee Share Ownership Trust with Capita Trustees Limited as the 
trustee in Jersey on 14 October 2014 (the “ESOT”) to facilitate the holding 
of shares in the Company by employees and Executive Directors. The 
trustee of the trust has waived its right to receive dividends on the 
Company’s shares which it holds from time to time. Where the 
Company directs at any time that the trustee may vote in relation to 
any unallocated shares held by it, the trustee has power in its absolute 
discretion to vote or not to vote in such manner it thinks fit. During the 
financial year to 25 March 2017 and up to the date of this report, no 
shares in the Company have been held at any time by the ESOT.

Shareholders
As at 24 May 2017, the following shareholders have notified the 
Company of their interest in 5% or more of the Company’s issued 
ordinary shares:

Shareholder

FMR LLC
CD&R European Value Retail 

Investment S.à r.l. 
SSA Investments S.à r.l.*

No of ordinary 
shares

59,225,998

114,100,528
209,880,828

% share 
capital

5.92

11.41
20.99

* 

Includes 8,055,494 shares held by Praxis Nominees Limited on its account.

Amendment to the Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended at an 
extraordinary shareholders’ meeting where at least one half of the 
issued share capital is represented (or if that condition is not satisfied 
at a second meeting regardless of the capital represented at that 
meeting) and when adopted by a resolution passed by at least 
two-thirds of the votes cast. No amendments are proposed to be 
made to the existing Articles of Association at the Annual General 
Meeting of shareholders on 28 July 2017.

Annual General Meeting 
A notice convening the Company’s third Annual General Meeting on 
28 July 2017, will be issued to shareholders. In addition to the ordinary 
business of the AGM, the Directors are seeking certain other approvals 
and authorities, details of which are set out in the notice.

Corporate governance
The compliance by the Company with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code and the requirements of Article 68bis of the Luxembourg 
Company Law of 19 December 2002, as subsequently amended, are 
set out in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties on pages 28 to 32, the 
Corporate Governance report on pages 40 to 45 and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 56, each of which form part of 
this report.

The Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in relation to the 
consolidated financial statements and annual accounts of the Group 
and the unconsolidated financial statements and annual accounts of 
the Company appears on page 65, which forms part of this report.

Independent Auditor
KPMG Luxembourg Société Cooperative is the independent auditor 
(“réviseur d’entreprises agréé”) of the Company. Their reappointment 
as the Company’s auditor, together with authority for the Directors to 
fix the auditor’s remuneration, will be proposed at the AGM on 28 July 
2017 as set out in the notice.

Information on forward looking statements
The Annual Report and financial statements include forward-looking 
statements that reflect the Company’s or, as appropriate, the Directors’ 
current views with respect to, among other things the intentions, 
beliefs and current expectations of the Company or the Directors 
concerning, amongst other things, the results of operations, the 
financial condition, prospects, growth, strategies and dividend policy 
of the Company and the industry in which it operates. Statements that 
include the words “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “projects”, 
“forecasts”, “predicts”, “assumes”, “anticipates”, “will”, “targets”, “aims”, 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

61

DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND BUSINESS REVIEW continued

“may”, “should”, “shall”, “would”, “could”, “continue”, “risk” and similar 
statements of a future or forward-looking nature can be used to 
identify forward-looking statements.

In the financial year 2016/17 the following transactions were entered into 
by the Group with Arora Family related parties (including their associates):
•  6 leases of new stores were entered into by the Group in the UK 

All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because 
they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may 
not occur in the future. Undue reliance should not be placed on such 
forward-looking statements because they involve known and 
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in many cases 
beyond the Group’s control.

Independence compliance statement
CD&R European Value Retail Investment S.à r.l. (“CD&R Holdco”) and Simon 
Arora, Bobby Arora, Robin Arora and SSA Investments S.à r.l. (“SSA 
Holdco”) (the “Arora Family”) entered into relationship agreements with the 
Company at the time of and with effect from the admission of the 
Company to trading on the London Stock Exchange in June 2014 
(“Admission”) and which continues to remain in force, which regulate the 
ongoing relationship between the Company and CD&R Holdco and the 
Arora Family, respectively, following Admission (together the “Relationship 
Agreements” and each, a “Relationship Agreement”).

The principal purpose of the Relationship Agreements is to ensure that the 
Company and its subsidiaries are capable of carrying on their business 
independently of CD&R Holdco and the Arora Family (and their respective 
associates), and that transactions and relationships between the Group 
and CD&R Holdco and the Arora Family (and their respective associates) 
are at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms.

For the purpose of this section of the Annual Report, the terms 
“controlling shareholder(s)” and “associate(s)” have the same 
meanings as in the UK Listing Rules.

The Relationship Agreements contain undertakings that each of CD&R 
Holdco and the Arora Family and each of its respective associates, will:
(a)  conduct all transactions and relationships with the Company at 

arm’s length and on normal commercial terms;

(b)  not take any action that would have the effect of preventing the 
Company from complying with its obligations under the Listing 
Rules; and

(c)  not propose or procure the proposal of a shareholder resolution 
which is intended or appears to be intended to circumvent the 
proper application of the Listing Rules.

(together the “Independence Provisions”).

The Relationship Agreements will continue for so long as CD&R Holdco 
or the Arora Family together with their respective associates, as the 
case may be, hold 5% or more, respectively, of the issued ordinary 
shares of the Company.

with Arora Family related parties as landlords of those new stores, 
representing 11.3% of the total number of 53 gross new store 
openings of the Group in the UK in that period; and

•  1 agreement for lease was conditionally exchanged by the Group 
with Arora Family related parties as landlords, which is due to be 
completed as a new store opening in the next financial year 
2017/18 (together also with 1 other which was conditionally 
exchanged in the previous financial year). 

The total number of leases of UK stores and rents of the Group with 
Arora Family related parties as at the end of the period under review 
were 69 store leases, representing 12.8% of a total number of 537 UK 
stores of the Group with all landlords, and 12.9% of the overall rent roll 
of all UK stores as at the year end.

In the year there were 5 renewals of existing Jawoll store leases (and 
of the head office in Soltau) with Jawoll’s CEO's family related parties 
as landlords (“Stern Family”). The total number of leases of German 
stores and rents of the Group with Stern Family related parties as at 
the end of the period under review were 10 store leases, representing 
13.3% of a total number of 75 German stores of the Group with all 
landlords, and 24.5% of the overall lease charge¹ as a proportion of 
the total rental expense (for comparative purposes) of all the German 
stores as at the year end. At each of these property lease renewal 
locations, the landlord and tenant relationship between Jawoll and 
Stern Family related parties pre-dated the acquisition of Jawoll by the 
Group.

A summary of the corporate governance and Listing Rules processes 
and assessments undertaken by the Group and the Board together 
with reports of advisors and the opinion of the Sponsor, in relation to 
related party leases, is included on page 43 of the Corporate 
Governance Statement.

Further details of related party transactions are also included also in 
note 25 of the Financial Statements on page 100.

The Board confirms that during the financial year 2016/17:

(i) 

the Company has complied with the independence provisions 
included in each of the Relationship Agreements; 

(ii)  so far as the Company is aware, the independence provisions 
included in each of the Relationship Agreements have been 
complied with by the controlling shareholders and their respective 
associates;

(iii)  so far as the Company is aware, the procurement obligations in 

each of the Relationship Agreements have been complied with by 
the controlling shareholders and their respective associates,

and that the Company has acted independently of CD&R Holdco and 
the Arora Family (and their respective associates).

1 

The overall lease charge proportion is based on the actual income statement rent 
charge and therefore excludes annualisation for the 19 new stores acquired 
during the year at different times (each of which are with non-related party 
landlords), and the P&L impact of the properties held under finance leases which 
would together significantly reduce the proportion relating to Stern Family leases.

62

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Section (d) – Special control rights
All the issued and outstanding shares of B&M European Value Retail 
S.A. have equal voting rights and there are no special control rights 
attached to shares of B&M European Value Retail S.A., except that 
B&M European Value Retail S.A. can direct that shares held in the ESOT 
be applied by the trustee to satisfy the vesting of outstanding awards 
under its long-term incentive plan or any other employee share 
schemes established by the Group.

Section (e) – Control system on employee share scheme
B&M European Value Retail S.A. is not aware of any matters regarding 
section (e) of Article 11 of the Luxembourg Law on Takeovers of 19 May 
2006, as subsequently amended, save where referred to in (d) above.

Section (f) – Voting rights
Each share issued and outstanding in B&M European Value Retail S.A. 
represents one vote. The Articles do not provide for any voting restrictions. 
In accordance with the Articles shareholders may be represented and 
proxies shall be received by the Company a certain time before the date 
of the relevant meeting. In accordance with the Articles, the Board of 
Directors may determine such other conditions that must be fulfilled by 
shareholders in person or by proxy. Additional provisions may apply 
under Luxembourg Law. Luxembourg legislation requires shareholders to 
register their intention to vote at least 14 days before the date of the 
meeting (the “Record Date”). In accordance with Article 24.6.12 of the 
Articles, the right of a shareholder to participate in a general meeting and 
to exercise the voting rights attached to its shares are determined by 
reference to the number of shares held by such shareholder at midnight 
on the Record Date. In accordance with article 28 of the Luxembourg law 
on transparency obligations of securities issuers dated 11 January 2008 
(“Luxembourg Transparency Law“), as long as the notice of crossing a 
major shareholding in the Company has not been notified to the 
Company in the manner prescribed, the exercise of the voting rights 
relating to those shares which exceed the threshold that should have 
been notified is suspended. The suspension of the voting rights is lifted 
when the shareholder makes the notification provided for in the 
Luxembourg Transparency Law.

Section (g) – Shareholders’ agreements with transfer restrictions
B&M European Value Retail S.A. has no information about any 
agreements between shareholders which may result in restrictions on the 
transfer of securities or voting rights other than restrictions on transfer 
under the orderly sale arrangements referred to in section (b) above.

Section (h) – Appointment of Board members, amendment of 
Articles of Association
The appointment and replacement of Board members and the 
amendment of the Articles are governed by Luxembourg Law and the 
Articles of Association of the Company (in particular Article 10 and 
Article 24.6). The Articles of Association are published under the 
Investors section on the Company’s website at www.bandmretail.com.

The Board confirms that this statement is supported by each of the 
independent Directors of the Company and there have been no 
instances where any of them declined to support this statement.

In accordance with Article 13.10 of the Articles of Association of the 
Company a report will be made at the 2017 AGM of transactions with 
the Company or its subsidiary undertakings in which any Directors 
may have had an interest, including each of the related party 
transactions with Directors (or which they may have directly or 
indirectly had an interest) entered into in the financial year 2016/17 
referred to above and in note 25 of the Financial Statements on page 
100, together with any other such transactions entered into after the 
financial year-end on 25 March 2017 up to the date of the AGM, 
similarly to each of the two previous AGMs.

Article 11 report
The following disclosures are made in accordance with Article 11 of the 
Luxembourg Law on Takeovers of 19 May 2006, as subsequently 
amended, and form part of this Directors’ Report.

Section (a) – Share capital structure
B&M European Value Retail S.A. has issued one class of shares which 
is admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange. No other shares 
have been issued by B&M European Value Retail S.A. The issued share 
capital of B&M European Value Retail S.A. as of 25 March 2017 
amounts to GBP £100,000,000 represented by 1,000,000,000 shares 
with a nominal value of GBP £0.10 each. B&M European Value Retail 
S.A. has a total authorised share capital of GBP £297,222,222.20. All 
shares issued by B&M European Value Retail S.A. have equal rights as 
set out in the Articles of Association of the Company (the “Articles”).

Section (b) – Transfer restrictions
As at the date of this report, all B&M European Value Retail S.A. shares 
are freely transferable subject to the conditions set out in Article 6.3 of 
the Articles, except as set out below.

On 12 June 2014, CD&R European Value Retail Investment S.à r.l., SSA 
Investments S.à r.l., Simon Arora, Bobby Arora, Robin Arora, Rani 1 Life 
Interest Trust, Rani 2 Life Interest Trust and Praxis Nominees Limited 
entered into an agreement pursuant to which SSA Investments S.à r.l. 
shall require the consent of CD&R European Value Retail S.à r.l. for the 
sale of any shares of the Company for a period of two years 
immediately following the expiry of the initial twelve month lock-up on 
16 June 2015, which they entered into pursuant to the Underwriting 
Agreement on the listing of the Company on the premium listing 
segment of the Official List of the London Stock Exchange and the 
admission to trading of the shares of the Company on the main market 
for listed securities of the London Stock Exchange on 17 June 2014. This 
restriction applies to fifty percent (50%) of their shareholding in the 
Company following the ‘Global Offer’ as defined in the Prospectus 
issued on the listing of the Company. This Agreement requires all 
parties to co-operate for a three year period (subject to certain 
permitted exemptions) to maintain an orderly market in the event of 
the proposed sale of any shares in the Company by any of the parties.

Section (c) – Major shareholdings
Details of shareholders holding more than 5% of the issued share capital 
of B&M European Value Retail S.A. notified to B&M European Value Retail 
S.A. in accordance with Luxembourg Transparency Law are set out on 
page 61.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

63

DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND BUSINESS REVIEW continued

Section (i) – Powers of the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors is vested with the broadest powers to take any 
action necessary or useful to realise the purposes of the Company 
with the exception of the powers reserved to the general meeting of 
shareholders by the Luxembourg law on commercial companies 
dated 10 August 1915, as subsequently amended, and by the Articles.

In common with other Luxembourg public companies, the authority of 
the Board to issue ordinary shares on a non-pre-emptive basis is set 
out in the Articles of Association of the Company (the “Articles”). The 
Articles authorise the Directors to dis-apply pre-emption rights (a) for 
the issue for cash of shares representing up to a maximum of 5% (five 
per cent) of issued ordinary share capital of the Company per year (b) 
to deal with fractional entitlements on otherwise pre-emptive issues of 
shares (c) in connection with employee share options, and, also (d) for 
the issue for cash of shares representing up to an additional 5% (five 
per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital per year which can be 
used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority 
is to be used within six (6) months of the original transaction) an 
acquisition or other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the 
Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-emption Rights most 
recently published by the Pre-emption Group of the Financial Reporting 
Council. The Board intends to follow the Statement of Principles to the 
extent practical as a Luxembourg company.

The Board was authorised by the AGM of shareholders held on 29 July 
2016, in the name and on behalf of the Company, to purchase, acquire or 
receive B&M European Value Retail S.A.‘s own shares representing up to 
10% of the issued share capital from time to time of B&M European Value 
Retail S.A. on such terms as the Board may decide in accordance with the 
law. No shares where purchased pursuant to this authority in the year 
under review or since then up to the date of this report.

The Board intends to seek a new renewal of this authority for the 
Company to purchase its shares, at the AGM of the shareholders on 
28 July 2017. This resolution will usually be requested at each AGM.

Section (j) – Significant agreements or essential business contracts 
The Board of Directors is not aware of any significant agreements to 
which B&M European Value Retail S.A. is a party and which take effect, 
alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company following 
a takeover bid other than (a) the Company has a senior facilities 
agreement (the ‘SFA’) in relation to a £300 million term loan (which has 
been drawn in full) and a £150 million revolving credit facility. The SFA 
provides that on a change of control of the Company, each lender has 
the right to require early repayment of their loans and to cancel all their 
commitments under the SFA on not less 10 Business Days’ notice to the 
Company, (b) the Company has £250 million 4.125% senior secured 
notes due 2022, of which all £250 million remain outstanding. On a 
change of control of the Company, each bondholder has the option to 
require the Company to repurchase all or part of the notes of such 
holder at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus 
accrued interest up to the date of repurchase (c) the Group has credit 
and loan facilities with its banks and fleet finance agreements for 
HGV’s, which contain customary cancellation and repayment 
provisions upon a change of control (d) Employee share incentive 
schemes in relation to shares in the Company, have customary 
change of control provisions triggering vesting and exercise on 
performance conditions being met or (in the discretion of the 
Company) being waived.

Section (k) – Agreements with Directors and employees
No agreements exist between B&M European Value Retail S.A. and its 
Directors or employees which provide for compensation if Directors or 
employees resign or are made redundant without valid reason, or if 
their employment ceases because of a takeover bid other than as 
disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 55.

Approved by order of the Board

Simon Arora
Chief Executive Officer

Paul McDonald 
Chief Financial Officer
24 May 2017

64

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
Group and Company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company 
financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the EU 
and applicable law and have prepared the Company financial 
statements in accordance with Luxemburg legal and regulatory 
requirements regarding the preparation of annual accounts (“Lux GAAP”).

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of their profit or 
loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and Company 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•  present the financial statements and policies in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs 

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
• 

the consolidated financial statements of B&M European Value 
Retail S.A. (“Company”) presented in this Annual Report and 
established in conformity with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted in the European Union give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position, cash flows and 
profits of the Company and the undertakings included within the 
consolidation taken as a whole;
the annual accounts of the Company presented in this Annual 
Report and established in conformity with the Luxembourg legal 
and regulatory requirements relating to the preparation of annual 
accounts give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profits of the Company;
the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and position of the Company and the 
undertakings included within the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
it faces; and
this Annual Report (including the financial statements), taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

• 

• 

• 

as adopted by the EU;

Approved by order of the Board

Simon Arora
Chief Executive Officer

Paul McDonald
Chief Financial Officer
24 May 2017

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 

requirements in IFRSs or in accordance with Lux GAAP are 
insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial 
position and financial performance; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that its 
financial statements comply with the company law. They have general 
responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to 
safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud 
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report in 
accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Having taken advice 
from the Audit & Risk Committee the Directors consider the Annual Report 
and the financial statements taken as a whole, provides the information 
necessary to assess the Group’s performance, business model and 
strategy and is fair balanced and understandable.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
The financial statements are published on the Company’s website.

Legislation in Luxembourg governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions. 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

65

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
To the Shareholders of B&M European Value Retail S.A. 
B&M European Value Retail S.A.
9, allée Scheffer
L-2520 Luxembourg

Report of the Réviseur d’Entreprises agréé
Report on the consolidated financial statements
Following our appointment by the General Meeting of the 
Shareholders on 29 July 2016, we have audited the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements of B&M European Value Retail S.A., 
which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at 
25 March 2017, the consolidated statements of profit and loss and 
other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for 
the 52-week period then ended, and notes, comprising a summary of 
significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Other information
The Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The 
other information comprises the information included in the Directors’ 
report and the Corporate Governance Statement but does not include 
the consolidated financial statements and our report of Réviseur 
d’Entreprises Agréé thereon. 

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover 
information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon.

Board of Directors’ responsibility for the consolidated financial 
statements
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and fair 
presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union, and for such internal control as the Board of 
Directors determines is necessary to enable the preparation of 
consolidated financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Responsibility of the Réviseur d’Entreprises Agréé 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated 
financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in 
accordance with International Standards on Auditing as adopted for 
Luxembourg by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier. 
Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements 
and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from 
material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence 
about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. The procedures selected depend on the judgement of the 
Réviseur d’Entreprises Agréé, including the assessment of the risks of 
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the 
Réviseur d’Entreprises Agréé considers internal control relevant to the 
entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial 
statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in 
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion 
on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used 
and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the Board 
of Directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and 
fair view of the consolidated financial position of B&M European Value 
Retail S.A. as of 25 March 2017, and of its consolidated financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the 52-week period 
then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read information and, in doing so, consider 
whether other information is materially inconsistent with the 
consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of other information, we are required to report this fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard.

Other matters
The Corporate Governance Statement includes information required 
by Article 68bis paragraph (1) of the Luxembourg law of 19 December 
2002 on the commercial and companies register and on the 
accounting records and annual accounts of undertakings, as 
amended. 

The consolidated financial statements of B&M European Value Retail 
S.A. for the 52-week period ended 26 March 2016, were audited by the 
predecessor auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those 
statements on 2 June 2016.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
The Directors’ report is consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements and has been prepared in accordance with the applicable 
legal requirements.

The information required by Article 68bis paragraph (1) letters c) and d) 
of the Luxembourg law of 19 December 2002 on the commercial and 
companies register and the accounting records and annual accounts 
of undertakings, as amended and included in the Corporate 
Governance Statement is consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.

Luxembourg, 24 May 2017
KPMG Luxembourg
Société coopérative
Cabinet de Révision Agréé
Thierry Ravasio

66

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Period ended

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Share of profits in associates

Profit on ordinary activities before net finance costs and tax 

Finance costs 
Finance income

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the period

Attributable to non-controlling interests
Attributable to owners of the parent

Other comprehensive income for the period
Items which may be reclassified to profit and loss:
Exchange differences on retranslation of subsidiary and associate investments
Fair value movement as recorded in the hedging reserve
Items which will not be reclassified to profit and loss:
Actuarial gain on the defined benefit pension scheme
Tax effect of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Attributable to non-controlling interests
Attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share attributable to ordinary equity holders (pence)
Diluted earnings per share attributable to ordinary equity holders (pence)

52 weeks
ended
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks
ended
26 March
2016
£’000

Note

2,430,660

2,035,285

(1,586,324)

(1,332,263)

2

844,336

703,022

(639,833)

(528,530)

4

10

5
5

8

2

8

26

9
9

204,503

174,492

1,005

1,166

205,508

175,658

(24,110)
1,520

(21,573)
460

182,918

154,545

(38,885)

(28,745)

144,033

125,800

1,107
142,926

1,264
124,536

7,479
(1,667)

5,505
–

16
324

5
13

150,185

131,323

2,082
148,103

1,265
130,058

14.3
14.3

12.5
12.4

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

67

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at

Assets
Non-current
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in associates
Other receivables
Deferred tax asset

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Other financial assets

Total assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Retained earnings
Luxembourg legal reserve
Put/call option reserve
Hedging reserve
Foreign exchange reserve
Non-controlling interest

Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Other liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Finance lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities 
Income tax payable 
Provisions 

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

25 March
 2017
£’000

26 March
2016
£’000

Note

11
11
12
10
14
8

15
13
14
17

20

18
22
17
16
8
19

16
22
17

19

841,691
103,693
165,748
5,669
2,413
824

837,450
101,174
138,050
3,995
2,771
473

1,120,038

1,083,913

155,551
462,119
35,398
410

91,148
356,312
28,761
4,769

653,478

480,990

1,773,516

1,564,903

(100,000)
(2,472,482)
1,979,131
(204,077)
(10,000)
13,855
1,350
(7,825)
(13,573)

(100,000)
(2,577,688)
1,979,131
(115,898)
(614)
13,855
–
(1,273)
(11,883)

(813,621)

(814,350)

(543,725)
(6,469)
(17,886)
(76,961)
(18,845)
(922)

(435,142)
(4,252)
(16,041)
(66,544)
(20,119)
(2,047)

(664,808)

(544,145)

(267,815)
(994)
(2,070)
(19,339)
(4,869)

(189,743)
(1,119)
(487)
(10,290)
(4,769)

(295,087)

(206,408)

(959,895)

(750,553)

(1,773,516)

(1,564,903)

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. This consolidated statement 
of financial position was approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 24 May 2017 and signed on their behalf by:

Simon Arora
Chief Executive Officer

68

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Share 
capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Hedging
reserve
£’000

Legal 
reserve 
£’000

Merger
reserve
£’000

Foreign
exchange
reserve
£’000

Put/call 
option
reserve
£’000

Non-
controlling
interest
£’000

Total
share-
holders’
equity
£’000

Balance at 28 March 2015

100,000 2,600,000

10,392

Allocation to legal reserve

Dividend payments to owners
Dividends to non-controlling 

interest

Effect of share options

Total for transactions with 

owners

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for 

the period

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

(614)

(22,332)

(18,668)

–
–

–
235

(22,332)

(18,433)

–
–

–

124,536
17

124,553

Balance at 26 March 2016

100,000

2,577,668

115,898

Allocation to legal reserve

Dividend payments to owners
Release of non-controlling 

interest

Effect of share options

Total transactions with owners

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income 

for the period

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

(6,776)

(2,610)

(98,410)

(52,590)

–
–

224
254

(98,410)

(52,112)

–
–

–

142,926
(25)

–
(1,350)

142,901

(1,350)

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

(1,979,131)

(4,232)

(13,855)

10,655

723,829

614

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
5,505

5,505

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

(37)
–

–

(41,000)

(37)
235

(37)

(40,802)

1,264
1

125,800
5,523

1,265

131,323

614 (1,979,131)

1,273

(13,855)

11,883

814,350

9,386

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
6,552

6,552

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

(151,000)

(392)
–

(168)
254

(392)

(150,914)

1,107
975

144,033
6,152

2,082

150,185

Balance at 25 March 2017

100,000 2,472,482 204,077

(1,350)

10,000 (1,979,131)

7,825

(13,855)

13,573

813,621

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

69

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Period ended

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Fees associated with the IPO and associated restructuring
Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Acquisition of trade and assets of German entity
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Finance income received
Dividends received from associates

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of bank loans
Receipt of High Yield Bonds
Finance costs paid
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest
Capitalised fees on refinancing
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in BestFlora
Dividends paid to owners of the parent
Repayment of finance lease

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
Cash at bank and in hand

Note

21

12
11
27

10

18
18

26

26
30

52 weeks 
ended
25 March
 2017
£’000

52 weeks 
ended
26 March
2016
£’000

210,873
–
(31,759)

170,934
(770)
(27,558)

179,114

142,606

(49,160)
(2,796)
(2,374)
1,542
137
–

(54,912)
(1,801)
–
538
183
1,295

(52,651)

(54,697)

(140,000)
250,000
(14,983)
–
(5,208)
(175)
(151,000)
(694)

–
–
(19,662)
(37)
–
–
(41,000)
(1,005)

(62,060)

(61,704)

64,403
91,148

155,551

15

155,551

155,551

26,205
64,943

91,148

91,148

91,148

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 General information and basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) as adopted by the European Union.

The Group’s trade is general retail, with trading taking place in the UK and Germany. The Group has been listed on the London Stock Exchange 
since June 2014.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial 
assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The measurement basis and principal accounting policies of the Group are set 
out below and have been applied consistently throughout the consolidated financial statements, except that in the current period a policy of 
applying hedge accounting for qualifying foreign exchange derivatives has been adopted, and therefore a hedging reserve has been 
recognised for the first time. An accounting policy for financial instruments is set out below.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£’000), except 
when otherwise indicated.

The consolidated financial statements cover the 52 week period from 27 March 2016 to 25 March 2017. This is a different period to the parent 
company stand alone accounts (from 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017) this exception is permitted under article 330 (2) of the Luxembourg company 
law of 10 August 1915 as amended as the management believe that;
• 

the consolidated financial statements are more informative when they cover the same period as used by the main operating entity, B&M 
Retail Ltd; and 
that it would be unduly onerous to rephrase the year end in this subsidiary to match that of the parent company.

• 

We note that the year end for B&M Retail Ltd, in any year, would not be more than six days prior to the parent company year end.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. (the “Company”) is the head of the Group and there is no consolidation that takes place above the level of this 
company.

The principal accounting policies of the Group are set out below.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings, together with the Group’s 
share of the net assets and results of associated undertakings, for the period from 27 March 2016 to 25 March 2017. Acquisitions of subsidiaries 
are dealt with by the acquisition method of accounting. The results of companies acquired are included in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income from the acquisition date.

A Group company, Meltore Limited, was disposed of during the year. Meltore Limited was a dormant entity in the prior year and the disposal 
has had no significant effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to 
affect those returns through its power over the investee.

Specifically, the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:
•  power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee),
•  exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and,
• 

the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances 
in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:
• 
• 
• 

the contractual arrangements with the other vote holders of the investee,
rights arising from other contractual arrangements, and,
the Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the 
three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group 
loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in 
the statement of comprehensive income from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary, 
excluding the situations as outlined in the basis of preparation.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

71

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

1 General information and basis of preparation continued
Going concern
Viability and going concern statements have been made in the ‘Principal risks and uncertainties’ section of this annual report. On the basis of 
these, the directors have determined that it is appropriate to continue to use the going concern basis for production of these consolidated 
financial statements.

Turnover
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured, 
regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Revenue is the total amount receivable by the Group for goods supplied in the ordinary course of business excluding VAT and trade discounts, 
and after deducting returns and relevant vouchers and offers. Store retail turnover is recognised at the initial point of sale of goods to customers, 
when the risks and rewards of the ownership of the goods have been transferred to the buyer.

Other administrative expenses
Administrative expenses contain all running costs of the business, except those relating to inventory (which are expensed through cost of sales), 
tax, interest and other comprehensive income.

Elements which are unusual and significant may be separated as a separate line item, this would include items such as material restructuring costs.

Goodwill
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of the net identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. 

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to the relevant cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected to 
benefit from the combination. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at each year end and at any time where there is any indication that goodwill may be impaired. Internally 
generated goodwill is not recognised as an asset.

Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief 
operating decision maker has been identified as the executive directors of the Group. The executive directors are responsible for assessing the 
performance of the business for the purpose of making decisions about resources to be allocated.

Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the 
consideration transferred, measured at the acquisition date fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed depending on their nature with 
costs of raising finance amortised over the term of the relevant element of finance provided and the remainder expensed when incurred.

Brands
Brands acquired as part of a business combination are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently reviewed at least annually for 
impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where the carrying 
value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell), the asset is written down 
accordingly, and charged to administration expenses.

Brands are considered to have an indefinite life on the basis that they form part of the cash generating units within the Group which will continue 
in operation indefinitely, with no foreseeable limit to the period over which they are expected to generate net cash inflows.

72

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately, including computer software, are measured on initial recognition at cost comprising the purchase price 
and any directly attributable costs of preparing the asset for use.

Following initial recognition, assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation begins 
when an asset is available for use and is calculated on a straight line basis to allocate the cost of the asset over its estimated useful life 
as follows: 
Computer software acquired 

4 years 

– 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Cost comprises purchase price and directly attributable costs. Unless significant or incurred as part of a refit programme, subsequent 
expenditure will usually be treated as repairs or maintenance and expensed to the income statement.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount 
of the replaced part is derecognised.

Freehold land is not depreciated. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis to allocate cost, 
less residual value of the assets, over their estimated useful lives as follows. 

Depreciation
Depreciation is provided on all other items of property, plant and equipment and the effect is to write off the carrying value of items by equal 
instalments over their expected useful economic lives. It is applied at the following rates:
Leasehold buildings 
Freehold buildings  
Plant, fixtures and equipment 
Motor vehicles  

Life of lease 
2-4% straight line 
10% – 25% straight line 
20% – 25% straight line

– 
– 
– 
– 

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed annually and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. 

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or 
disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is included in the statement of comprehensive income when the asset is derecognised. 

Investments in associates 
Associates are those entities over which the Group has significant influence but which are neither subsidiaries nor interests in joint ventures. 
Investments in associates are recognised initially at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method. However any goodwill or fair 
value adjustment attributable to the Group’s share of associates is included in the amount recognised as investment in associates. 

All subsequent changes to the share of interest in the equity of the associate are recognised in the Group’s carrying amount of the investment. 
Changes resulting from the profit or loss generated by the associate are reported in “share of profits of associates” in the consolidated income 
statement and therefore affect net results of the Group. These changes include subsequent depreciation, amortisation and impairment of the 
fair value adjustments of assets and liabilities.

Items that have been recognised directly in the associate’s other comprehensive income are recognised in the consolidated other 
comprehensive income of the Group. However, when the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, 
the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. If the associate 
subsequently reports profits, the investor resumes recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the profits equals the share of 
losses not recognised.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Amounts reported in 
the consolidated financial statements of associates have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies 
adopted by the Group.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

73

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

1 General information and basis of preparation continued
Impairment of non-financial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, or when 
annual impairment testing for an asset is required (for goodwill or indefinite life assets), the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. 

Indications of impairment might include (for goodwill and the brand assets, for instance) a significant impairment to the like for like sales of 
established stores, sustained negative publicity or a drop off in visits to our website and social media accounts.

An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGU's fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. It is determined for an 
individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. 
Where the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount. 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

The Group bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecasts which are prepared separately for each of the Group’s CGUs to 
which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations cover a period of five years. For longer periods, a long-term 
growth rate is calculated and applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year.

Impairment losses of continuing operations, including impairment of inventories, are recognised in the income statement in those expense 
categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

For assets excluding goodwill and acquired brands with indefinite lives, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is 
any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group 
estimates the asset’s or CGU's recoverable amount. 

A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s 
recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not 
exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment 
loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the income statement, except for impairment of goodwill which 
is not reversed. 

Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at the inception date. The 
arrangement is assessed for whether fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement 
conveys a right to use the asset or assets even if that right is not explicitly specified in an arrangement. 

The economic ownership of a leased asset is transferred to the lessee if the lessee bears substantially all the risks and rewards related to the 
ownership of the leased asset. The related asset is recognised at the time of inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset, or, if 
lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments plus incidental payments, if any, to be borne by the lessee. A corresponding amount is 
recognised as a finance leasing liability.

The interest element of leasing payments represents a constant proportion of the capital balance outstanding and is charged in the income 
statement over the period of the lease.

A leased asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership 
by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term. 

All other leases are regarded as operating leases and the payments made under them are charged to the statement of comprehensive income 
on a straight line basis over the lease term. Lease incentives are spread over the term of the lease.

Onerous leases
The Group carries a property provision which is recognised on specific sites within the Group’s leasehold property portfolio where an exit can be 
reasonably expected to occur, and a lease is considered onerous.

A lease is considered onerous when the economic benefits of occupying the leased properties are less than the obligations payable under 
the lease.

The amount held covers any costs expected to accrue before the end of the contract, netted against any income, as well as a portion related to 
any dilapidation expense which may arise.

74

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, after making due allowance for obsolete and slow moving items. Net 
realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs 
to sell.

Share options
The Group operates share option schemes, with the first such scheme commencing in August 2014. 

The schemes have been accounted for under the provisions of IFRS 2, and accordingly have been fair valued on their inception date using 
appropriate methodology (the Black Scholes and Monte Carlo models).

A cost is recorded through the income statement in respect of the number of options outstanding and the fair value of those options. A 
corresponding credit is made to the retained earnings reserve and the effect of this can be seen in the statement of changes in equity.

Taxation
Current income tax
Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current period are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the 
taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, at the 
reporting date, in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences, except:
•  When the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business 

• 

combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.
In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, when the 
timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the 
extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of 
unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:
•  When the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit 
or loss.
In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, 
deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future 
and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

• 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that 
sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are 
re-assessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the 
deferred tax asset to be recovered. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realised or the liability is 
settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Financial instruments
The Group has altered their policy on financial instruments since the prior year end, with the intention of applying hedge accounting to qualifying 
derivatives. The new policy is as follows, and this has been in place since the start of the financial year.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as forward currency contracts, fuel swaps and interest rate swaps to reduce its foreign 
currency risk, commodity price risk and interest rate risk. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value. The fair value is derived using an internal model and supported by valuations by 
third party financial institutions.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

75

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

1 General information and basis of preparation continued
Financial instruments continued
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, or a highly 
probable forecast transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised directly in the hedging 
reserve. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised immediately in the income statement. Effectiveness of the derivatives subject to 
hedge accounting is assessed at inception of the derivative, when the derivative matures and at each reporting period end date between.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or the entity revokes designation of the hedge relationship but the 
hedged forecast transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss at that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance 
with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged transaction is no longer expected to take place, the cumulative unrealised gain 
or loss recognised in equity is recognised in the income statement immediately.

Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
The classification of financial instruments is determined at initial recognition. The Group has the following types of financial assets: Trade and 
other receivables and cash which are classified within the IAS 39 definition of loans and receivables and derivative contracts which are 
classified within the IAS 39 definition of fair value through profit and loss. All financial assets are recognised when the Group becomes a party to 
the contractual provisions of the instrument. All financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs other than for financial 
assets carried at fair value through profit or loss. 

The Group does not have any held-to-maturity or available-for-sale financial assets.

Subsequent measurement
The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification as described below:

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. After 
initial measurement, such financial assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method (EIR), less 
impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral 
part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation and the losses arising from impairment are recognised in profit and loss.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as 
hedging instruments in hedge relationships as defined by IAS 39. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are carried in the statement 
of financial position at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit and loss.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised when the rights 
to receive cash flows from the asset have expired and the entity has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed 
an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full and either (a) the entity has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or 
(b) the entity has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is deemed to be impaired if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of 
one or more events that has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (an incurred ‘loss event’) and that loss event has an impact on the 
estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or the group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liabilities within the scope of IAS 39 are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or other financial liabilities. 
The entity determines the classification of its financial liabilities at initial recognition. All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial derivatives held for trading. Financial liabilities are classified as held-for-
trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling in the near term. This category includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the 
Group. Gains or losses on liabilities held-for-trading are recognised in profit and loss.

76

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other financial liabilities
After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings, trade and other payables and other liabilities are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the effective interest rate method (EIR) amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs.

Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires.

Fair value of financial instruments
The fair value of financial instruments that are traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to mark-to-market 
valuations obtained from the relevant bank (bid price for long positions and ask price for short positions), without any deduction for 
transaction costs.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand, less bank overdrafts. 

Equity
Equity comprises the following:
• 
• 
• 

“Share capital” represents the nominal value of equity shares;
“Share premium” represents the excess of the consideration made for the shares, over and above the nominal valuation of those shares;
“Legal reserve” representing the statutory reserve required by Luxembourg law as an apportionment of profit within each Luxembourg 
company (up to 10% of the standalone share capital);
“Hedging reserve” representing the fair value of the derivatives held by the Group at the period end that are accounted for under hedge 
accounting and that represent effective hedges.
“Merger reserve” representing the reserve created during the reorganisation of the Group in 2014;
“Retained earnings reserve” represents retained profits;
“Put/call option reserve” representing the initial valuation of the put/call option held by the Group over the non-controlling interest of J.A. Woll 
Handels GmbH (Jawoll);
“Foreign exchange reserve’’ represents the cumulative differences arising in retranslation of the subsidiaries results;
“Non-controlling interest” representing the portion of the equity which belongs to the non-controlling interest in the Group’s subsidiaries.

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

Foreign currency translation
These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling.

The following Group companies have a functional currency of pounds sterling;
•  B&M European Value Retail S.A.
•  B&M European Value Retail 1 S.à r.l. (Lux Holdco)
•  B&M European Value Retail Holdco 1 Ltd (UK Holdco 1)
•  B&M European Value Retail Holdco 2 Ltd (UK Holdco 2)
•  B&M European Value Retail Holdco 3 Ltd (UK Holdco 3)
•  B&M European Value Retail Holdco 4 Ltd (UK Holdco 4)
•  EV Retail Ltd 
•  B&M Retail Ltd
•  Opus Homewares Ltd

The following Group companies have a functional currency of the Euro;
•  B&M European Value Retail 2 S.à r.l. (SBR Europe)
•  B&M European Value Retail Germany GmbH (Germany Holdco)
•  J.A. Woll Handels GmbH (Jawoll)
•  Jawoll Vertriebs GmbH
•  BestFlora GmbH

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

77

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

1 General information and basis of preparation continued
Foreign currency translation continued
The Group companies whose functional currency is the Euro have been consolidated into the Group via retranslation of their accounts in line 
with IAS 21 Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. The assets and liabilities are translated into pounds sterling at the year end exchange 
rate. The revenues and expenses are translated into pounds sterling at the average monthly exchange rate during the period. Any resulting 
foreign exchange difference is cumulatively recorded in the foreign exchange reserve with the annual effect being charged/credited to other 
comprehensive income. 

Transactions entered into by the company in a currency other than the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates (the 
“functional currency”) are recorded at the rates ruling when the transactions occur. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are 
translated at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of unsettled monetary assets and 
liabilities are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Pension costs
The Group operates a defined contribution scheme and contributions are charged to profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when a present obligation (legal or constructive) exists as a result of a past event and where it is probable that an 
outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions 
are discounted where the time value of money is considered to be material.

Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below. The Group 
based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when the financial information was prepared. Existing circumstances and 
assumptions about future developments, however, may change due to market changes or circumstances arising beyond the control of the 
Group. Such changes are reflected in the assumptions when they occur.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair 
value less costs to sell and its value in use.

The fair value less costs to sell calculation is based on available data from binding sales transactions, conducted at arm’s length for similar 
assets or observable market prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash 
flow model. The cash flows are derived from the budget for the next five years and do not include restructuring activities that the Group is not yet 
committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the performance of the CGU being tested.

The recoverable amount is most sensitive to the discount rate used for the discounted cash flow model as well as the expected future cash 
inflows and the growth rate used for extrapolation purposes. The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for the different 
CGUs, including a sensitivity analysis, are disclosed and further explained in note 11.

Investments in Associates
Multi-lines International Company Ltd (Multi-lines), which is 50% owned by the Group, has been considered by management to be an associate 
rather than a subsidiary or a joint venture. Under IFRS 10 control is determined by:
•  Power over the investee.
•  Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee.
•  The ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

Although 50% owned, B&M Group does not have voting rights or substantive rights. Therefore the level of power over the business is 
considered to be more in keeping with that of an associate than a joint-venture, and hence it has been treated as such within these 
consolidated financial statements.

Put/call options on Jawoll non-controlling interest
The purchase agreement for Jawoll included call and put options over the shares not purchased by the Group, representing 20% of Jawoll. The 
options are arranged such that it is considered likely that either the call or put option will be taken at the exercise date in 2019.

The exercise price of the options contains a variable element and as such the risk and rewards of the options are considered to remain with the 
non-controlling interest. The purchase of the non-controlling interest will be recognised upon exercise of one of the options (see note 17).

78

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

A financial liability has been recognised carried at amortised cost to represent the expected exercise price, with the corresponding debit entry to 
the put/call option reserve. Management have estimated the future measurement inputs in arriving at this value, using knowledge of current 
performance, expected growth and planned strategy. Any subsequent movements in the liability will be recognised in profit or loss.

Standards and Interpretations applied and not yet applied by the Group 
The following amendments to accounting standards and interpretations, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), have 
been adopted for the first time by the Group in the period with no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position:
•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2012-2014 Cycle
•  Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Disclosure Initiative’
•  Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 ‘Clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortisation’
•  Amendments to IAS 27 ‘Equity method in separate financial statements’

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ will be applicable after 1 January 2018. This standard will simplify the classification of financial assets for 
measurement purposes, but it is not anticipated to have a significant impact on financial statements.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ will be applicable after 1 January 2018. This standard applies to all contracts with customers 
except those that are financial instruments, leases or insurance contracts and will result in increased disclosure requirements, but is not 
expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements. 

IFRS 16 Leases is expected to be applicable after 1 January 2019. If endorsed, this standard will significantly affect the presentation of the Group 
financial statements with all leases apart from short term leases being recognised as on-balance sheet finance leases with a corresponding 
liability being the present value of lease payments. The Group is currently considering the implications of IFRS 16 on the Group’s consolidated 
results and financial position.

The Group does not consider that any other standards, amendments or interpretations issued by the IASB, but not yet applicable, will have a 
significant impact on the financial statements.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

79

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

2 Segmental information 
IFRS 8 (“Operating segments”) requires the Group’s segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about the components of the Group that 
are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to assess performance and allocate resources across each reporting segment.

For management purposes, the Group is organised into two reportable segments, being the UK retail segment and the German retail segment.

The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the executive directors who monitor the operating results of the retail segments for 
the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. 

The average euro rate for translation purposes was €1.1915/£ during the year, with the year end rate being €1.1559/£ (2016: €1.3677/£ and 
€1.2670/£, respectively).

52 week period to 25 March 2017

Revenue 
Gross profit
EBITDA (note 3)
Finance income
Finance costs
Income tax expense
Segment profit/(loss)

Total assets
Total liabilities

Other disclosures:
Capital expenditure (including intangible)
Depreciation and amortisation
Share of profit of associates
Investment in associates accounted for by the equity method

52 week period to 26 March 2016

Revenue 
Gross profit
EBITDA (note 3)
Finance income
Finance costs
Income tax expense
Segment profit/(loss)

Total assets
Total liabilities

Other disclosures:
Capital expenditure (including intangible)
Depreciation and amortisation
Share of profit of associates
Investment in associates accounted for by the equity method

UK 
retail 
£’000

2,252,265
777,785
223,722
112
(5)
(40,310)
161,241

Germany 
retail 
£’000

178,395
66,551
11,677
12
(292)
(2,406)
5,257

Corporate 
£’000

Total
£’000

– 2,430,660
844,336
–
231,523
(3,876)
1,520
1,396
(24,110)
(23,813)
(38,885)
3,831
144,033
(22,465)

1,640,398
(325,372)

126,040
(27,399)

7,078
(607,124)

1,773,516
(959,895)

(44,492)
(22,277)
–
–

UK 
retail
£’000

1,902,557
652,775
182,035
170
(51)
(32,877)
131,509

(7,464)
(3,734)
–
–

Germany 
retail
£’000

132,728
50,247
11,588
13
(162)
(2,636)
6,150

–
(4)
1,005
5,669

(51,956)
(26,015)
1,005
5,669

Corporate 
£’000

–
–
2,461
277
(21,360)
6,768
(11,859)

Total
£’000

2,035,285
703,022
196,084
460
(21,573)
(28,745)
125,800

1,450,936
(247,490)

104,636
(19,577)

9,331
(483,486)

1,564,903
(750,553)

(51,760)
(17,768)
–
–

(4,935)
(2,653)
–
–

(18)
(5)
1,166
3,995

(56,713)
(20,426)
1,166
3,995

80

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

3 Reconciliation of non-IFRS measures from the statement of comprehensive income
EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Profit are non-IFRS measures and therefore we provide a reconciliation from the statement of 
comprehensive income below. 

In the prior year the Group reported a greater number of adjusting items. However management believe that the simplified measure now 
presented is a clearer measure of performance. The comparative information has been restated accordingly.

Period to

Profit on ordinary activities before interest and tax
Add back depreciation and amortisation

EBITDA
Reverse the effect of derivatives recorded within cost of sales
Reverse the effect of derivatives recorded within administrative costs

Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Net adjusted finance costs (see note 5)

Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted tax

Adjusted profit for the period

Attributable to non-controlling interests
Attributable to owners of the parent

52 weeks 
ended 
25 March
2017
£’000

205,508
26,015

231,523
1,479
1,890

234,892
(26,015)
(18,726)

190,151
(40,273)

52 weeks 
ended
26 March
2016
£’000

175,658
20,426

196,084
–
(3,577)

192,507
(20,426)
(20,667)

151,414
(28,030)

149,878

123,384

1,095
148,783

1,264
122,120

The adjusting items are the effects of derivatives, one off refinancing fees (as set out in note 5) and the effects of the call/put option held over the 
non-controlling interest of our German operation (as set out in note 5). Significant project costs may also be included if incurred. Adjusted tax 
represents the tax charge per the statement of comprehensive income as adjusted only for the effects of the other adjusting items detailed 
above.

Under the previous measure, Adjusted EBITDA would have been £242.1m (2016: £202.5m) and Adjusted profit for the period would have been 
£155.4m (2016: £131.5m)

The segmental split in EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA reconciles as follows;

52 week period to 25 March 2017

Profit on ordinary activities before interest and tax
Add back depreciation and amortisation

EBITDA
Reverse the effect of derivatives 

Adjusted EBITDA

52 week period to 26 March 2016

Profit on ordinary activities before interest and tax
Add back depreciation and amortisation

EBITDA
Reverse the effect of derivatives 

Adjusted EBITDA

UK
 retail
£’000

Germany 
retail
£’000

201,445
22,277

223,722
–

223,722

7,943
3,734

11,677
–

11,677

UK 
retail
£’000

Germany 
retail
£’000

164,267
17,768

182,035
–

182,035

8,935
2,653

11,588
–

11,588

Corporate
£’000

Total
£’000

(3,880)
4

(3,876)
3,369

205,508
26,015

231,523
3,369

(507)

234,892

Corporate
£’000

2,456
5

2,461
(3,577)

Total
£’000

175,658
20,426

196,084
(3,577)

(1,116)

192,507

Adjusted EBITDA and related measures are not measures of performance or liquidity under IFRS and should not be considered in isolation or as 
a substitute for measures of profit, or as an indicator of the Group’s operating performance or cash flows from operating activities as 
determined in accordance with IFRS.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

81

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

4 Operating profit
The following items have been charged in arriving at operating profit:

Period ended

Auditor’s remuneration
Payments to auditors in respect of non-audit services:
  Taxation advisory services
  Other assurance services 
  Inventories:
  Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:
  Owned assets
  Leased assets
Amortisation (included within administration costs)
Operating lease rentals 
New store pre-opening costs
(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
Gain on foreign exchange

52 weeks 
ended 25 
March 
2017
£’000

330

–
88

52 weeks 
ended 
26 March 
2016
£’000

367

–
9

1,595,471

1,349,161

24,305
916
794
126,798
6,285
(405)
(214)

18,946
780
700
104,621
7,573
52
(70)

5 Finance costs and finance income
Finance costs include all interest related income and expenses. The following amounts have been included in the statement of comprehensive 
income line for each reporting period presented:

Period ended

Interest on debt and borrowings 
Ongoing amortisation of finance fees
Finance charges payable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

Total adjusted finance expense

One-off costs incurred on raising debt finance
Unwinding of the call/put option held over the minority interest of Jawoll

Total finance costs

Period ended

Interest income on loans and bank accounts

Total adjusted finance income
Gain on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss 
Gain on revaluing call/put option held over the minority interest of Jawoll

Total finance income

Total net adjusted finance costs are therefore;

Period ended

Total adjusted finance expense
Total adjusted finance income

Total net adjusted finance costs

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks to 
26 March 
2016
£’000

(17,446)
(1,381)
(23)

(19,325)
(1,384)
(141)

(18,850)

(20,850)

(3,687)
(1,573)

–
(723)

(24,110)

(21,573)

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks to
26 March 
2016
£’000

124

124
117
1,279

1,520

183

183
277
–

460

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

(18,850)
124

52 weeks to 
26 March 
2016
£’000

(20,850)
183

(18,726)

(20,667)

82

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

6 Employee remuneration
Expense recognised for employee benefits is analysed below:

Period ended

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pensions – defined contribution plans

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

277,054
12,907
1,022

52 weeks to
26 March 
2016
£’000

229,229
10,126
834

290,983

240,189

There are £73k of defined contribution pension liabilities owed by the Group at the period end (2016: £70k).

The Group has one employee who is a member of a defined benefit scheme (2016: one employee). The liability held on the balance sheet at the 
year end was £267k (2016: £258k).

The scheme is considered immaterial to the Group and the effect of the year end actuarial valuation can be seen within other comprehensive income.

The average monthly number of persons employed by the Group during the period was: 

Period ended

Sales staff 
Administration 

7 Key management remuneration 
Key management personnel and Directors’ remuneration includes the following:

Period ended

Directors’ remuneration: 
Short term employee benefits 
Benefits accrued under the share option scheme

Key management expense (includes Directors’ remuneration):
Short term employee benefits 
Benefits accrued under the share option scheme

Amounts in respect of the highest paid director emoluments:
Short term employee benefits 
Benefits accrued under the share option scheme

52 weeks to
25 March
2017

52 weeks to
26 March 
2016

25,418
639

26,057

22,359
570

22,929

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks to
26 March 
2016
£’000

2,177
124

2,301

4,648
124

4,772

1,393
–

1,393

1,175
80

1,255

2,627
80

2,707

576
–

576

The emoluments disclosed above are of the directors and key management personnel who have served as a director within any of the 
Group companies. 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

83

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

8 Taxation 
The relationship between the expected tax expense based on the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2016: 20%) and the tax 
expense actually recognised in the statement of comprehensive income can be reconciled as follows:

Period ended

Current tax expense
Deferred tax credit

Total tax expense

Result for the year before tax

Expected tax charge at the standard tax rate 

Effect of: 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Income not taxable
Foreign operation taxed at local rate 
Changes in the rate of corporation tax 
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Other

Actual tax expense

Deferred taxation 

Statement of Financial Position

Accelerated tax depreciation
Relating to intangible brand assets
Fair valuing of assets and liabilities (asset)
Fair valuing of assets and liabilities (liability)
Movement in provision
Relating to share options
Held over gains on fixed assets
Other temporary differences (asset)
Other temporary differences (liability)

Net deferred tax liability

Deferred tax asset
Deferred tax liability 

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Accelerated tax depreciation
Relating to intangible brand assets
Fair valuing of assets and liabilities
Movement in provision
Relating to share options
Held over gains on fixed assets
Other temporary differences

Net deferred tax credit

Total deferred tax in profit or loss
Total deferred tax in other comprehensive income

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks to
26 March 
2016
£’000

40,186
(1,301)

38,885

29,930
(1,185)

28,745

182,918

154,545

36,584

30,909

2,615
(734)
985
(1,027)
382
80

1,812
(1,076)
883
(1,963)
(1,827)
7

38,885

28,745

25 March
2017
£’000

(819)
(17,473)
607
(82)
85
98
(471)
34
–

26 March 
2016
£’000

(552)
(18,275)
351
(880)
82
40
(403)
–
(9)

(18,021)

(19,646)

824
(18,845)

473
(20,119)

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks to
26 March 
2016
£’000

(267)
802
1,054
3
58
(68)
43

1,625

1,301
324

69
1,538
(499)
(22)
2
221
(111)

1,198

1,185
13

The Group offsets tax assets and liabilities if and only if it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and 
the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority.

84

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

9 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the financial period attributable to ordinary equity holders 
of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding at each period end.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued 
on conversion of any dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares. 

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated in the same way as above, except using adjusted profit attributable to ordinary 
equity holders of the parent, as defined in note 3.

There are share option schemes in place which has a dilutive effect on both periods presented.

The following reflects the income and share data used in the earnings per share computations:

Period ended

Profit for the period attributable to owners of the parent
Adjusted profit for the period attributable to owners of the parent

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share
Effect of dilution:
Employee share options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share

10 Investments in associates

Period ended

Cost and net book value
Carrying value at the start of the period
Dividends received 
Share of profits in associates since the prior year valuation exercise
Effect of foreign exchange on translation

Carrying value at the end of the period

25 March
 2017
£’000

142,926
148,783

26 March
2016
£’000

124,536
122,120

Thousands

Thousands

1,000,000

1,000,000

148

475

1,000,148

1,000,475

Pence

Pence

14.3
14.3
14.9
14.9

12.5
12.4
12.2
12.2

25 March 
2017
£’000

 26 March 
2016
£’000

3,995
–
1,005
669

5,669

3,822
(1,295)
1,166
302

3,995

The Group has a 50% interest in Multi-lines International Company Ltd, a company incorporated in Hong Kong. The principal activity of the 
company is the purchase and sale of goods. The Group also holds 40% of the ordinary share capital of Home Focus Group Ltd, a company 
incorporated in Republic of Ireland and whose principal activity is retail sales. 

Neither entity has discontinued operations or other comprehensive income, except that on consolidation both entities have a foreign exchange 
translation difference.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

85

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

10 Investments in associates continued

Period ended

Multi-lines
Non-current assets
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Net assets

Revenue
Profit 

Home Focus Group
Non-current assets
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Net assets

Revenue
Profit

25 March 
2017
£’000

 26 March 
2016
£’000

1,409
36,109
–
(26,010)

11,508

1,118
24,621
–
(18,603)

7,136

128,976
2,767

109,111
2,682

617
6,052
(130)
(4,387)

2,152

290
4,980
–
(3,322)

1,948

16,910
18

12,680
15

The figures for multi-lines show 12 months to December 2016 (2016: 12 months to December 2015), being the period used in the valuation of the 
associate.

11 Intangible assets

Cost or valuation
At 28 March 2015
Additions
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

At 26 March 2016
Additions due to purchase of Knüller
Additions
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

At 25 March 2017

Accumulated amortisation/impairment
At 28 March 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

At 26 March 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

At 25 March 2017

Net book value at 25 March 2017

Net book value at 26 March 2016

Goodwill
£’000

Software
£’000

Brands
£’000

835,258
–
–
2,192

837,450
1,322
–
–
2,919

841,691

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

841,691

837,450

1,372
1,801
(76)
26

3,123
–
1,596
(132)
33

98,053
–
–
343

98,396
–
1,200
–
451

4,620

100,047

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

586
416
(54)
15

963
574
(132)
20

1,425

3,195

2,160

Other
£’000

1,263
–
–
100

1,363
–
–
–
131

1,494

407
284
–
54

745
220
–
78

Total
£’000

935,946
1,801
(76)
2,661

940,332
1,322
2,796
(132)
3,534

947,852

993
700
(54)
69

1,708
794
(132)
98

1,043

2,468

100,047

98,396

451

618

945,384

938,624

86

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Impairment review of intangible assets held with indefinite life
Impairment test of intangible assets held in the UK segment
The Group holds a goodwill asset of £807.5m (2016: £807.5m) and brand assets of £94.9m (2016: £93.7m), that relate to the UK Retail Segment. 
The goodwill and £93.7m of the brand asset figure (the “B&M" brand) relates to the acquisition of the UK segment by the Group in 2013.

The brand intangible assets have been identified as having indefinite life, as management believe that these assets will hold their value for an 
indefinite period of time.

The goodwill and brand assets had previously been allocated to two groups of cash generating units (CGUs), being the two fascia’s that the 
Group operates within its UK retail segment (Bargain stores and Home stores), however because these groups of CGUs;
(i)  are not separately operated, managed or regularly reviewed;
(ii)  carry the same products and utilise the same supply chain;
(iii)  utilise the same support functions within the business;
(iv)  carry the same branding;
(v)  do not form separate operating segments;

the Group no longer considers that this approach is appropriate. Therefore the goodwill and brand assets have been allocated to one group of 
CGUs, being the store estate within the B&M business.

The Group performs impairment tests at each period end. The impairment test involves assessing the net present value (NPV) of the expected 
cash flows in relation to the stores within each CGU according to a number of assumptions (more detail on which follows below) to calculate the 
value in use (VIU) for the group of CGUs. The results of the impairment tests identified that the VIU was significantly in excess of the carrying 
value of assets within the group of CGUs at the period end dates. No indicators of impairment were noted.

The key assumptions used were
(i)  The Group’s discount rate, sourced from a review of the market.
(ii)  The inflation rate for expenses, which has been based upon the consumer price index for the UK.
(iii)  The like for like sales growth, a prudent estimate made by management.

The values for the assumptions were:

As at

Discount rate
Inflation rate for expenses
Like for like sales growth

25 March
2017

26 March 
2016

8.0%
2.3%
3.0%

9.2%
0.5%
2.0%

These assumptions are held for five years in the forecast and then a perpetuity is performed over the year five figures, effectively assuming no 
further like for like growth, or inflation after that point. 

In order to demonstrate the sensitivity of the assumptions, it was calculated that the Group would first be required to recognise an impairment if 
(all other assumptions being held equal);
(i)  The Group’s discount rate was 45.6% (2016: 24.7%).
(ii)  The inflation rate for expenses was 19.8% (2016: 36.9%).
(iii)  The like for like sales suffered a contraction of 8.5% (2016: 11.0%) per annum.

The prior year sensitivities above have been restated for the change in approach in grouping the CGUs. Under the previously used grouping the 
sensitivities would have been that the Group would first be required to recognise an impairment if (all other assumptions being held equal);
(i)  The Group’s discount rate was 40.4% (2016: 23.8%).
(ii)  The inflation rate for expenses was 17.5% (2016: 33.1%).
(iii)  The like for like sales suffered a contraction of 7.0% (2016: 9.8%) per annum.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

87

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

11 Intangible assets continued
Impairment test of intangible assets held in the German segment
The Group holds a goodwill asset of €39.5m (2016: €38.0m) and brand assets of €6.0m (2016: €6.0m) that relate to the German Retail Segment. 
€38.0m of the goodwill and the entire brand asset figure relates to the acquisition of the German segment by the Group in 2014.

The addition this year to goodwill is in relation to the Knüller acquisition – see note 27 for more details. The Knüller stores were immediately 
rebranded as Jawoll stores and as such, the goodwill addition has been made to that fascia.

Further, the Hafu stores are in the process of being rebranded as Jawoll stores with the process materially complete by the year end. The back 
office systems, product offering, management reporting and supply chains of the relevant stores have all been fully integrated into the Jawoll 
systems. Therefore we consider that the German retail segment now contains one group of CGUs and will proceed accordingly.

Currently the goodwill is valued at £34.2m (2016: £30.0m) and the brands at £5.1m (2016: £4.7m) on the Group’s statement of financial position, 
however as the functional currency of Jawoll is the Euro, all impairment calculations have been calculated in Euros and therefore it is that 
currency that is referred to in the following disclosure.

The brand intangible assets have been identified as having indefinite life, as management believe that these assets will hold their value for an 
indefinite period of time.

The Group performs impairment tests at each period end. The impairment test involves assessing the net present value (NPV) of the expected 
cash flows in relation to the stores within each CGU according to a number of assumptions (more detail on which is set out below) to calculate 
the value in use (VIU) for the group of CGUs. The results of the impairment tests identified that the VIU was significantly in excess of the carrying 
value of assets within the group of CGUs at the period end dates. No indicators of impairment were noted.

The key assumptions used were
(i)  The Group’s discount rate, is as per above.
(ii)  The inflation rate for expenses, which has been based upon the consumer price index for Germany.
(iii)  The like for like sales growth, a prudent estimate made by management.

The values for the assumptions used were:

As at

Discount rate
Inflation rate for expenses
Like for like sales growth

25 March
2017

26 March 
2016

8.0%
1.6%
2.5%

9.2%
0.3%
1.5%

These assumptions are held for five years in the forecast and then a perpetuity is performed over the year five figures, effectively assuming no 
further like for like growth, or inflation after that point. 

In order to demonstrate the sensitivity of the assumptions, it was calculated that an impairment would first require impairment if (all other 
assumptions being held equal);
(i)  The Group’s discount rate would need to be in excess of 100% (2016: 86.8%).
(ii)  The inflation rate for expenses was 22.8% (2016: 21.2%).
(iii)  The like for like sales suffered a contraction of 11.9% (2016: 12.4%) per annum.

The prior year sensitivities above have been restated for the change in approach in grouping the CGUs. Under the previously used grouping the 
sensitivities would have been that the Group would first be required to recognise an impairment if (all other assumptions being held equal);
(i)  The Group’s discount rate was 98.3% (2016: 85.3%).
(ii)  The inflation rate for expenses was 21.4% (2016: 19.8%).
(iii)  The like for like sales suffered a contraction of 11.4% (2016: 12.3%) per annum.

88

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Land and 
buildings
£’000

27,214
6,493
(270)
1,313

34,750
–
7,971
2,539
(847)
1,837

46,250

4,932
3,435
–
156

8,523
3,941
(26)
247

12,685

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

Plant, 
fixtures and 
equipment
£’000

Total
£’000

125,882
54,912
(1,451)
1,914

181,257
42
49,160
2,539
(2,152)
2,799

95,445
47,290
(326)
573

142,982
42
40,508
–
(547)
925

183,910

233,645

17,750
15,559
(316)
141

33,134
20,586
(531)
227

24,059
19,726
(881)
303

43,207
25,221
(1,014)
483

53,416

67,897

3,223
1,129
(855)
28

3,525
–
681
–
(758)
37

3,485

1,377
732
(565)
6

1,550
694
(457)
9

1,796

33,565

26,227

1,689

130,494

165,748

1,975

109,848

138,050

12 Property, plant & equipment

Cost or valuation
28 March 2015
Additions
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

26 March 2016
Acquisition of Knüller
Additions
Remeasurement of finance leases
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

25 March 2017

Accumulated depreciation
At 28 March 2015
Charge for the period
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

At 26 March 2016
Charge for the period
Disposals
Effect of retranslation

At 25 March 2017

Net book value at 25 March 2017

Net book value at 28 March 2016

The carrying value of assets held under finance lease and hire purchase contracts at 25 March 2017 was £6.7m (2016: £4.6m) and total 
depreciation charged on these assets during the period was £0.9m (2016: £0.8m). The assets held under hire purchase contracts are pledged 
as security for the related finance lease and hire purchase liabilities. 

Under the terms of the loan and notes facilities in place at 25 March 2017, fixed and floating charges were held over £13.8m of the net book value of 
land and buildings, £1.4m of the net book value of motor vehicles and £119.7m of the net book value of the plant, fixtures and equipment.

Under the terms of the loan facilities in place at 26 March 2016, fixed and floating charges were held over £10.4m of the net book value of land 
and buildings, £1.7m of the net book value of motor vehicles and £104.0m of the net book value of plant, fixtures and equipment.

Included within land and buildings is land with a cost of £2.3m (2016: £2.1m) which is not depreciated.

As at

The net book value of land and buildings comprises:
Freehold land and buildings
Short leasehold improvements

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016
£’000

16,141
17,424

33,565

12,501
13,726

26,227

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

89

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

13 Inventories 

As at

Goods for resale

25 March 
2017
£’000

26 March
2016
£’000

462,119

356,312

Included in the amount above was a net charge of £3.5m related to inventory provisions (2016: £0.1m net gain). In the period to 25 March 2017 
£1,595m (2016: £1,349m) was recognised as an expense for inventories. 

14 Trade and other receivables

Non-current
Lease premiums

Current
Trade receivables
Deposits on account
Provision for impairment

Net trade receivables to non-related parties 
Prepayments 
Related party receivables 
Lease premiums
Other receivables 

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March
2016
£’000

2,413

2,413

3,447
6,451
(18)

9,880
23,525
1,335
567
91

35,398

2,771

2,771

4,172
2,855
(51)

6,976
20,056
799
586
344

28,761

Trade receivables are stated initially at their fair value and then at amortised cost as reduced by appropriate allowances for estimated 
irrecoverable amounts. The carrying amount is determined by the directors to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

The following table sets out an analysis of provisions for impairment of trade and other receivables:

Period ended

Provision for impairment at the start of the period
Impairment during the period
Utilised/released during the period

Balance at the period end

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March
2016
£’000

(51)
(17)
50

(18)

(9)
(48)
6

(51)

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on terms of 30 days or less.

There were no significant balances within debtors at either March 2017 or March 2016 and as such there is no specific concentration of credit risk.

90

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

The following table sets out a maturity analysis of all trade and other receivables, including those which are past due but not impaired:

As at

Neither past due nor impaired
Past due less than one month
Past due between one and three months
Past due for longer than three months

Balance at the period end

15 Cash and cash equivalents

As at

Cash at bank and in hand

As at 25 March 2017 the Group had available £128.7m of undrawn committed borrowing facilities (2016: £134.2m).

16 Trade and other payables

As at

Non-current
Accruals
Reverse lease premium

Current
Trade payables
Other tax and social security payments
Accruals and deferred income 
Reverse lease premium
Related party trade payables 
Other payables

25 March
2017
£’000

34,119
806
372
101

35,398

26 March
2016
£’000

26,166
49
1,225
1,321

28,761

25 March
2017
£’000

155,551

26 March
 2016
£’000

91,148

25 March
2017
£’000

897
76,064

76,961

199,901
1,869
39,832
10,791
6,472
8,950

26 March
2016
£’000

1,012
65,532

66,544

139,396
6,924
24,711
8,718
2,181
7,813

267,815

189,743

Trade payables are generally on 30 day terms and are not interest bearing. The carrying value of trade payables approximates to their fair 
value. For further details on the related party trade payables, see note 25.

17 Other financial assets and liabilities
Other financial assets 

As at

Current financial assets at fair value through profit and loss:
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Fuel swap contracts
Current financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total current other financial assets 

Total other financial assets

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016
£’000

61
232

117

410

410

4,769
–

–

4,769

4,769

Financial assets through profit or loss reflect the fair value of those derivatives that are not designated as hedge relationships but are 
nevertheless intended to reduce the level of risk for expected sales and purchases.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

91

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

17 Other financial assets and liabilities continued
Other financial liabilities

As at

Non-current financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss:
Put/call options over the non-controlling interest of Jawoll

Total non-current other financial liabilities

Current financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss:
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Fuel swap contracts
Interest rate swaps

Current financial liabilities at fair value through other comprehensive income:
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total current other financial liabilities

Total other financial liabilities

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016
£’000

17,886

17,886

16,041

16,041

287
–
–

1,783

2,070

307
63
117

–

487

19,956

16,528

The put/call options over the non-controlling interest in Jawoll arose as part of the acquisition of the entity. The valuation at year end reflects 
management’s latest projections for the final amount to be exchanged at the year end foreign exchange rate. The option matures in 2019 and 
the carrying value has been discounted to present value.

The other financial liabilities through profit or loss reflect the fair value of those foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps and fuel swaps 
that are not designated as hedge relationships but are nevertheless intended to reduce the level of risk for expected sales and purchases.

Fair value hierarchy
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:
•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•  Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.
•  Level 3: techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

As at the reporting dates, the Group held the following financial instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet:

25 March 2017
Foreign exchange contracts
Fuel swap contract
Put/call options on Jawoll non-controlling interest

26 March 2016
Foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps
Fuel swap contract
Put/call options on Jawoll non-controlling interest

Total
£’000

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

(1,892)
232
(17,886)

4,462
(117)
(63)
(16,041)

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

(1,892)
232
–

–
–
(17,886)

4,462
(117)
(63)
–

–
–
–
(16,041)

The put/call option was valued with reference to the sale and purchase agreement underpinning the acquisition, and the key variable in 
determining the fair value of the option, being the forecast EBITDA of Jawoll as prepared by management.

The movement in the valuation of the call/put option reconciles as follows:

Period ended

Opening value
Unwinding of the call/put option valuation
Adjustment to the valuation of the call/put option
Effect of foreign exchange

Closing value

52 weeks to
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks to
26 March 
2016
£’000

16,041
1,573
(1,279)
1,551

17,886

14,219
723
–
1,099

16,041

92

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

As the valuation is a multiple of German EBITDA, it is sensitive to the movement in the projection of this value, a 5% movement in EBITDA would 
therefore effect a 5% change in the valuation.

The valuation is also sensitive to the Group discount rate. As an indication the sensitivities (all other inputs being held equal) to a change in the 
year end discount rates are as follows:

As at

Effect on profit before tax

Change in 
discount rate

+50bps
-50bps

25 March
2017
£’000

160
(162)

26 March 
2016
£’000

202
(206)

The other instruments have been valued by the issuing bank, using a mark to market method. The bank has used various inputs to compute the 
valuations and these include inter alia the relevant maturity date and strike rates, the current exchange rate, fuel prices and LIBOR levels.

18 Financial liabilities – borrowings

As at

Non-current
High yield bond notes
Term facility bank loans (new facilities)
Term facility bank loans (old facilities)

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016
£’000

246,815
296,910
–

–
–
435,142

543,725

435,142

The Group refinanced during the year, repaying the previous loan facilities, totalling £440.0m, and replacing them with a new loan facility of £300.0m 
and high yield bond notes released by the parent entity of £250.0m. Details of maturities and interest rates are included in the table below.

The new term facility bank loans and high yield bond notes are held at amortised cost and were initially capitalised in February 2017 with £3.2m 
and £3.3m (respectively) of fees attributed to them.

The old term facility bank loans were held at amortised cost and were initially capitalised in June 2014 with £7.3m of fees attributed to them. These 
facilities were refinanced in February 2017, at which point the remaining unamortised fees of £3.7m were expensed to the income statement.

The maturities of the loan facilities and finance leases (see note 22) are as follows.

Current interest bearing loans and borrowings
Finance leases
Non-current interest bearing loans and borrowings
UK Holdco term loan A (old facility)
UK Holdco term loan B (old facility)
UK Holdco term loan A (new facility)
High yield bond notes
Finance leases

Interest rate
%

Maturity

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March
2016
£’000

1.2–3.9%

2016–18

994

1,119

2.75/3.25% + LIBOR
3/3.5% + LIBOR
2.25% + LIBOR
4.125%
1.2%-3.9%

2019
2020
2021
2022
2018-24

–
–
300,000
250,000
6,469

300,000
140,000
–
–
4,252

The information relating to the old facilities maturity was the contractual final maturity date. These facilities were refinanced during the year with 
an actual maturity date of February 2017.

Term loans A and B, and the high yield bond notes have carrying values which include transaction fees allocated on inception. 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

93

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

19 Provisions

At 28 March 2015 
Provided in the period
Utilised during the period
Released during the period
Effect of retranslation

At 26 March 2016

Provided in the period
Utilised during the period
Released during the period
Effect of retranslation

At 25 March 2017

Current liabilities 2017
Non-current liabilities 2017
Current liabilities 2016
Non-current liabilities 2016

Property 
provisions 
£’000

3,155
1,219
(534)
(1,250)
12

2,602

1,367
(374)
(1,855)
16

1,756

834
922
555
2,047

 Other 
£’000

4,105
2,259
(1,745)
(405)
–

4,214

2,770
(1,857)
(1,092)
–

4,035

4,035
–
4,214
–

Total  
£’000

7,260
3,478
(2,279)
(1,655)
12

6,816

4,137
(2,231)
(2,947)
16

5,791

4,869
922
4,769
2,047

The property provision relates to the expected future costs on specific leasehold properties. This is inclusive of onerous leases and dilapidations 
on these properties. The timing in relation to utilisation is dependent upon the individual lease terms.

The other provisions principally relate to disputes concerning insurance liability claims. A prudent amount has been set aside for each claim as 
per legal advice received by the Group. These claims are individually non-significant and average £8.3k per claim (£7.5k in 2016). 

20 Share capital

As at

Allotted, called up and fully paid
B&M European Value Retail S.A.
1,000,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each

25 March
 2017
£’000

26 March 
2016
£’000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

Ordinary shares
Each ordinary share ranks pari passu with each other ordinary share and each share carries one vote. The Group parent is authorised to 
release up to a maximum of 2,972,222,222 ordinary shares.

94

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

21 Cash generated from operations

Period ended

Profit before tax
Adjustments for:
Net interest expense
Depreciation
Amortisation of intangible assets
Transaction fees through administrative expenses
(Profit)/loss on remeasurement of finance leases
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Loss on share options
Change in inventories
Change in trade and other receivables
Change in trade and other payables
Change in provisions
Share of profit from associates
Non-cash foreign exchange effect from retranslation of subsidiary cashflows
Loss/(Profit) resulting from fair value of financial derivatives

52 weeks 
ended
25 March
2017
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
26 March 
2016
£’000

182,918

154,545

22,590
25,221
794
–
(317)
(405)
254
(99,662)
(6,666)
84,575
(1,042)
(1,005)
249
3,369

21,113
19,726
700
770
–
52
235
(67,184)
7,855
37,153
312
(1,166)
400
(3,577)

Cash generated from operations

210,873

170,934

22 Commitments
Operating leases
The vast majority of the Group’s operating lease commitments relate to the property comprising its store network. At the year-end over 95% of 
these leases expire in the next 15 years (2016: >90%) The leases are separately negotiated and no subgroup is considered to be individually 
significant nor to contain individually significant terms. The Group was not subject to contingent rent agreements at the year end date. The 
following table sets out the total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, taking account of lease premiums.

As at

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years

The lease and sublease payments recognised as an expense in the periods were as follows:

As at

Lease payments
Sublease receipts 

25 March
2017
£’000

133,696
484,814
494,478

26 March 
2016
£’000

113,660
429,494
457,450

1,112,988

1,000,604

25 March
2017
£’000

127,369
(571)

26 March 
2016
£’000

105,062
(441)

126,798

104,621

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

95

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

22 Commitments continued
Finance leases
At both year ends, all of the Group’s finance leases related to buildings used in the operation of the German business. Future minimum lease 
payments under finance leases and hire purchase contracts together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments are as follows:

As at

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years

25 March 2017

26 March 2016

Minimum 
payments
£’000

1,227
4,791
2,295

8,313

PV of 
minimum 
payments
£’000

994
4,227
2,242

7,463

Minimum 
payments
£’000

1,119
3,401
1,105

5,625

PV of 
minimum 
payments
£’000

1,119
3,245
1,007

5,371

Capital commitments 
There were £3.5m of contractual capital commitments not provided within the Group financial statements as at 25 March 2017 (2016: £3.8m).

23 Group information and ultimate parent undertaking
The financial results of the Group include the following entities.

Company name

Country

Date of incorporation

B&M European Value Retail 1 S.à.r.l. (Lux Holdco)
B&M European Value Retail Holdco 1 Ltd (UK Holdco 1)
B&M European Value Retail Holdco 2 Ltd (UK Holdco 2)
B&M European Value Retail Holdco 3 Ltd (UK Holdco 3)
B&M European Value Retail Holdco 4 Ltd (UK Holdco 4)
B&M European Value Retail 2 S.à.r.l. (SBR Europe)
EV Retail Limited 
B&M Retail Limited 
Opus Homewares Limited 
B&M European Value Retail Germany GmbH (Germany Holdco)
J.A. Woll Handels GmbH (Jawoll)
Jawoll Vertriebs GmbH I
BestFlora GmbH

Luxembourg
UK
UK
UK
UK
Luxembourg 
UK
UK
UK
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany

November 2012
December 2012
December 2012
November 2012
November 2012
September 2012
September 1996
March 1978
April 2003
November 2013
November 1987
September 2007
July 2002

Percent held 
within the 
Group

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
80%
80%
80%

Principal activity

Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
General retailer
Dormant
Holding company
General retailer
General retailer
Supplier of items for retail

Changes during the year
Meltore Limited, previously a dormant 100% owned subsidiary of EV Retail Limited, has been disposed of and is no longer a member of the 
Group. Jawoll acquired the non-controlling interest in BestFlora GmbH, and now owns 100% (previously 75%) of that entity (the percent held 
within the Group increased from 60% to 80%). Neither of these transactions has had nor will have significant accounting effects for the Group.

German company restructuring (Prior year)
The German Group was restructured during the prior year such that the former Group companies Jawoll Sonderposten GmbH, Jawoll 
Sonderposten Vertriebs GmbH, Stern Sonderposten Vertriebs GmbH and Stern Handels GmbH were all fully integrated into the remaining 
German Group companies, Jawoll and Jawoll Vertriebs GmbH I.

Associates
The Group has a 50% interest in Multi-lines International Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong and a 40% interest in Home 
Focus Group Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of Ireland following the acquisition of SBR Europe on 6 March 2013. The share of 
profit/loss from the associates is included in the statement of comprehensive income.

Ultimate parent undertaking
The directors of the Group consider the parent and the ultimate controlling related party of this Group to be B&M European Value Retail SA, 
registered in Luxembourg.

96

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

24 Financial risk management
The Group uses various financial instruments, including bank loans, related party loans, finance company loans, cash, equity investment, 
derivatives and various items, such as trade receivables and trade payables that arise directly from its operations.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are market risk, currency risk, cash flow interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity 
risk. The directors review and agree policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below.

The existence of these financial instruments exposes the Group to a number of financial risks, which are described in more detail below. In 
order to manage the Group’s exposure to those risks, in particular the Group’s exposure to currency risk, the Group enters into forward foreign 
currency contracts. No transactions in derivatives are undertaken of a speculative nature.

Market risk
Market risk encompasses three types of risk, being currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and commodity price risk. Commodity price risk is 
not considered material to the business as the Group is able to pass on pricing changes to its customers.

Despite the impact of price risk not being considered material, the Group engages in a swap contract over the cost of fuel in order to minimise 
the impact of any volatility.

The sensitivity to these contracts for a reasonable change in the year end fuel price is as follows

As at

Effect on profit before tax

Change in 
fuel price

+5%
-5%

25 March
2017
£’000

159
(151)

26 March 
2016
£’000

64
(64)

This has been calculated by taking the spot price of fuel at the year end, applying the change indicated in the table, and projecting this over the 
life of the contract assuming all other variables remain equal.

The Group’s policies for managing fair value interest rate risk are considered along with those for managing cash flow interest rate risk and are 
set out in the subsection entitled “interest rate risk” below.

Currency risk
The Group is exposed to translation and transaction foreign exchange risk arising from exchange rate fluctuation on its purchases from 
overseas suppliers.

In relation to translation risk, this is not considered material to the business as amounts owed in foreign currency are short term of up to 30 days 
and are of a relatively modest nature. Transaction exposures, including those associated with forecast transactions, are hedged when known, 
principally using forward currency contracts. 

All of the Group’s sales are to customers in the UK and Germany and there is no currency exposure in this respect. A proportion of the Group’s 
purchases are priced in US Dollars and the Group generally uses forward currency contracts to minimise the risk associated with that exposure.

Foreign currency sensitivity
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in US Dollar period end exchange rates with all other variables 
held constant.

The impact on the Group’s profit before tax and other comprehensive income is largely due to changes in the fair value of the FX options.

As at

Effect on profit before tax

Effect on other comprehensive income

Change in 
USD rate

+2.5%
-2.5%
+2.5%
-2.5%

25 March
2017
£’000

(2,309)
2,428
(9,403)
7,919

26 March 
2016
£’000

(1,797)
3,115
–
–

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

97

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

24 Financial risk management continued
Foreign currency sensitivity continued
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the Euro period end exchange rates with all other variables 
held constant. The effect on other comprehensive income is due to the foreign exchange reserve on retranslation of the Group’s subsidiaries that 
have the Euro as a functional currency.

As at

Effect on profit before tax

Effect on other comprehensive income

Change in 
Euro rate

+2.5%
-2.5%
+2.5%
-2.5%

25 March
2017
£’000

(4)
5
(1,997)
2,101

26 March 
2016
£’000

2
(4)
(1,712)
1,807

These calculations have been performed by taking the year end translation rate used on the accounts and applying the change noted above. 
The balance sheet valuations are then directly calculated. The valuation of the foreign exchange derivatives are projected based upon the spot 
rate changing and all other variables being held equal.

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk of variability of the Group cash flows due to changes in the interest rate. The Group is exposed to changes in interest 
rates as the Group’s bank borrowings are subject to a floating rate based on LIBOR.

The Group’s interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow 
interest rate risk. The Group’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations is not considered to be material, however the Group has in the past used 
interest rate swaps to minimise the impact.

At year end, if LIBOR interest rates had been 50 basis points higher/lower with all other variables held constant, the effect upon calculated 
pre-tax profit for the year would have been:

As at

Effect on profit before tax

Basis point 
increase/ 
decrease

+50
-50

25 March
2017
£’000

(1,891)
1,891

26 March 
2016
£’000

(499)
499

This sensitivity has been calculated by changing the interest rate for each interest payment and accrual made by the Group over the period, by 
the amount specified in the table above, and then calculating the difference that would have been required.

It also includes the effect on the year end valuation of the interest rate swap contract, where the percentage change in LIBOR indicated above 
has been applied to the year end spot rate and this has then been projected over the remaining life of the contracts with the assumption that all 
other variables are held equal.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial 
loss. The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and trade receivables. The credit risk associated with cash is limited as the main 
counterparty is a UK clearing bank with a high credit rating (A- long term and A-2 short term (standard & poor), (2016: A, A-1 respectively). The 
principal credit risk arises therefore from the Group’s trade receivables.

Credit risk is further limited by the fact that the vast majority of sales transactions are made through the store registers, direct from the customer 
at the point of purchase, leading to a low trade receivables balance.

In order to manage credit risk, the directors set limits for customers based on a combination of payment history and third party credit references. 
Credit limits are reviewed by the credit controller on a regular basis in conjunction with debt ageing and collection history. Provisions against 
bad debts are made where appropriate.

98

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Liquidity risk
Any impact on available cash and therefore the liquidity of the Group could have a material effect on the business as a result.

The Group’s borrowings are subject to quarterly banking covenants against which the Group has had significant headroom to date with no 
anticipated issues based upon forecasts made. Short term flexibility is achieved via the Group’s rolling credit facility. The following table shows 
the liquidity risk maturity of financial liabilities grouping based on their remaining period at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed are 
the contractual undiscounted cash flows:

25 March 2017
Interest bearing loans
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Trade payables

26 March 2016
Interest bearing loans
Fuel swap contract
Interest swap contract
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Trade payables

Within
1 year
£’000

Between
1 and 2 years
£’000

Between
2 and 5 years
£’000

More than
5 years
£’000

Total 
£’000

19,433
2,070
206,373

19,433
–
–

603,738
–
–

15,044
63
117
307
141,577

15,044
–
–
–
–

464,069
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

642,603
2,070
206,373

494,157
63
117
307
141,577

Fair value
The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group are not materially different from their carrying value. Refer to the table below. 
These all represent financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost except where stated as measured at fair value through the profit 
and loss.

As at

Financial assets
Fair value through profit and loss
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Fuel price swap
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Loans and receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Other receivables

Financial liabilities
Fair value through profit and loss
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Fuel price swap
Interest rate swap
Put/call options over the non-controlling interest of Jawoll
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Amortised cost
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade payables
Other payables

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016
£’000

61
232

117

155,551
11,215
91

287
–
–
17,886

1,783

4,769
–

–

91,148
7,775
344

307
63
117
16,041

–

543,725
206,373
8,950

435,142
141,577
7,813

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

99

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

25 Related party transactions
The Group has transacted with the following related parties over the periods:

Multi-lines International Company Limited, a supplier, and Home Focus Group, a customer, have been associates of the Group since 
March 2013.

Ropley Properties Ltd, Triple Jersey Ltd, TJL UK Ltd, Rani Investments and Multi Lines International (Properties) Ltd, all landlords of properties 
occupied by the Group, are directly or indirectly owned by director Simon Arora, his family, or his family trusts (together, the Arora related 
parties).

Jawoll Immobilien GmbH, Stern Grundstück Entwicklungs GmbH, DS Grundstücks GmbH and Silke Stern are all landlords of properties occupied 
by the Group and are related by virtue of connection to a director of J.A.Woll-Handels GmbH (together, the German related parties). Some of 
these are held under finance lease, as detailed below.

The following table sets out the total amount of trading transactions with related parties included in the statement of comprehensive income, 
including the P&L impact of any finance leases;

Period ended

Sales to associates of the Group
Home Focus Group Limited 

Total sales to related parties

Purchases from associates of the Group
Multi-lines International Company Ltd 
Purchases from parties related to key management personnel
Multi-Lines International (Properties) Ltd
DS Grundstücks GmbH
Jawoll Immobilien GmbH
Rani Investments 
Ropley Properties Ltd 
Silke Stern
Stern Grundstück Entwicklungs
TJL UK Ltd
Triple Jersey Ltd 

Total purchases from related parties

25 March 
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016
£’000

2,503

2,503

770

770

121,351

98,105

154
759
524
192
2,811
148
591
42
10,250

134
581
458
191
2,811
133
475
–
7,176

136,822

110,064

Included in the current year figures above are 6 leases of new stores and no renewals of existing stores, entered into by Group companies 
during the current period with the Arora related parties (2016: 6 new, or extensions to existing, leases and 1 renewal). The total expense on these 
leases in the period was £763k (2016: £927k). There were also 2 conditionally exchanged leases (1 of which was new in the period) with Arora 
related parties in the current period with long stop completion dates likely to be in the next financial year (2016: 3), and no expense is incurred 
under them until they are completed.

100

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

The following table sets out the total amount of trading balances with related parties outstanding at the period end. Note that the receivables 
balance held with Multi-lines International is with our German operation (a deposit on account) and the payables balance is with our UK 
operation.

As at

Trade receivables from associates of the Group
Home Focus Group Ltd 
Multi-lines International Company Ltd 
Trade receivables from companies owned by key management personnel
DS Grundstücks GmbH

Total related party trade receivables

Trade payables to companies owned by key management personnel 
Multi-lines International Company Ltd
Rani Investments 
Ropley Properties Ltd
TJL UK Ltd
Triple Jersey Ltd 

Total related party trade payables

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016 
£’000

706
629

–

1,335

3,385
–
850
85
2,152

6,472

251
546

2

799

–
39
852
–
1,290

2,181

Outstanding trade balances at the balance sheet dates are unsecured and interest free and settlement occurs in cash. There have been no 
guarantees provided or received for any related party trade receivables or payables.

The business has not recorded any impairment of trade receivables relating to amounts owed by related parties at 25 March 2017 (2016: no 
impairment). This assessment is undertaken each year through examining the financial position of the related party and the market in which the 
related party operates.

The future operating lease commitments on the Arora related parties are:

As at

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years

The future operating lease commitments on the German related parties are:

As at

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years

25 March
2017
£’000

14,544
57,704
76,341

148,589

26 March 
2016 
£’000

10,995
43,648
61,073

115,716

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016 
£’000

578
561
–

1,139

785
1,039
–

1,824

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

101

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

25 Related party transactions continued
The balances remaining on the finance lease asset and liabilities at each year end is as follows:

As at

Finance lease assets from parties related to key management personnel
DS Grundstücks GmbH
Jawoll Immobilien GmbH
Silke Stern
Stern Grundstück Entwicklungs

Total assets held under finance lease from related parties

Finance lease liabilities with parties related to key management personnel
DS Grundstücks GmbH
Jawoll Immobilien GmbH
Silke Stern
Stern Grundstück Entwicklungs

Total finance lease liabilities held with related parties

25 March
2017
£’000

26 March 
2016 
£’000

2,386
1,161
632
2,520

6,699

2,531
1,332
733
2,707

7,303

994
1,194
701
1,695

4,584

1,196
1,370
815
1,899

5,280

All related party finance leases are on properties occupied by the German business. During the year six of these properties were extended, 
resulting in a profit of £317k on remeasurement.

For further details on the transactions with key management personnel, see note 7 and the remuneration report.

26 Non-controlling interest
Non-controlling interest balances are valued on acquisition as a proportion of the fair value of net assets to which the non-controlling interest 
relates. Post acquisition the non-controlling interest is valued as the original value plus/minus the profit/loss owed to the non-controlling interest 
and minus any dividend paid to the non-controlling interest.

There exists a non-controlling interest in Jawoll, an 80% subsidiary of B&M European Value Retail Germany GmbH, which was created on 
purchase of that company in April 2014. The percentage has not changed over the period of ownership.

In the 52 weeks to 25 March 2017, £2,082k has been accrued to the non-controlling interest in Jawoll (2016: £1,229k), and no dividends have 
been paid (2016: no dividends).

The summarised financial information of the subsidiary is as follows.

Revenue
EBITDA
Profit after tax
Net cashflow

As at

Non-current assets
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Net assets

52 weeks 
ended
25 March
2017
£’000

178,395
11,677
5,908
(3,586)

25 March
2017
£’000

38,062
55,334
(9,248)
(19,026)

52 weeks 
ended
26 March
2016
£’000

132,728
11,588
5,458
(4,587)

26 March
2016
£’000

28,574
47,201
(6,353)
(13,464)

65,122

55,958

There previously existed an additional non-controlling interest in BestFlora GmbH, which was a 75% subsidiary of Jawoll at the start of the 
current year. This company was incorporated into the Group in April 2014. In December 2016 Jawoll purchased the remaining 25% share and 
therefore this additional non-controlling interest no longer exists.

During the year £nil was accrued to the non-controlling interest (2016: £36k) and £nil was paid out in dividends (2016: £36k).

102

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Jawoll bought out the non-controlling interest for €210k, when it had a book value on the Group accounts of €476k. There was therefore a profit 
recognised in reserves of €266k, which has translated to £224k for these accounts.

The effects of this transaction can be seen in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

BestFlora is considered immaterial for further disclosure.

27 Business combinations
On 1 August 2016, the business acquired the trade and assets of a small chain of German stores (Knüller).

The details of the assets acquired are as follows:

Property, plant & equipment
Cash (floats)
Inventory

Total assets acquired

Purchase price paid

Goodwill recognised

€’000

50
50
1,204

1,304

2,879

1,575

The goodwill recognised represents the stores location and customer base and it was not possible to separate this out further into material 
separately identifiable and recognisable intangible assets. It has been considered for impairment as part of the overall impairment test carried 
out annually by the Group (see note 11).

The purchase price paid net of the cash acquired was €2,829 and this translates to £2,374k as shown on the consolidated statement of cash flows.

The business was incorporated directly into the German entities, with the stores reopening as rebranded Jawoll stores.

The Group considers that the transaction is immaterial for further disclosure.

28 Capital management
For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity 
holders of the parent. The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to maximise the shareholder value. 

In order to achieve this overall objective, the Group’s capital management, amongst other things, aims to ensure that it meets financial 
covenants attached to the interest-bearing loans and borrowings that define capital structure requirements. Breaches in meeting the financial 
covenants would permit the bank to immediately call loans and borrowings. There have been no breaches in the financial covenants of any 
interest-bearing loans and borrowing in the current or prior period.

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments in light of changes in economic conditions and the requirements of the 
financial covenants.

To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue 
new shares. 

The Group uses the following definition of net debt:

External interest bearing loans and borrowings less cash and short-term deposits.

The interest bearing loans figure used is the gross amount of cash borrowed at that time, as opposed to the carrying value under the amortised 
cost method, and includes finance leases.

As at

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Less: Cash and short term deposits 

Net debt 

25 March
2017
£’000

557,463
(155,551)

26 March 
2016
 £’000

445,371
(91,148)

401,912

354,223

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

103

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

29 Post balance sheet events
There have been no material events between the balance sheet date and the date of issue of these accounts.

30 Dividends
A special dividend of 10.0 pence per share (£100,000,000) was paid in July 2016.

An interim dividend of 1.9 pence per share (£19,000,000) was paid in December 2016.

A final dividend of 3.9 pence per share (£39,000,000), giving a full year (non-special) dividend of 5.8 pence per share (£58,000,000), is proposed.

Relating to the prior year;
An interim dividend of 1.6 pence per share (£16,000,000) was paid in January 2016.

A final dividend of 3.2 pence per share (£32,000,000), giving a full year dividend of 4.8 pence per share (£48,000,000) was agreed at the AGM 
and paid in August 2016.

31 Contingent liabilities and guarantees
As at 25 March 2017, B&M European Value Retail S.A., B&M European Value Retail 1 S.à r.l., B&M European Value Retail 2 S.à r.l., B&M European 
Value Retail Holdco 1 Ltd, B&M European Value Retail Holdco 2 Ltd, B&M European Value Retail Holdco 3 Ltd, B&M European Value Retail Holdco 
4 Ltd, EV Retail Ltd and B&M Retail Ltd are all guarantors to both the loan and notes agreements which are formally held within B&M European 
Value Retail SA. The amounts outstanding as at the period end were £300.0m for the loan, with the balance held in B&M European Value Retail 
Holdco 4 Ltd, and £250.0m for the notes, with the balance held in B&M European Value Retail S.A.

As at 26 March 2016, B&M European Value Retail S.A., B&M European Value Retail 1 S.à r.l., B&M European Value Retail 2 S.à r.l., B&M European 
Value Retail Holdco 1 Ltd, B&M European Value Retail Holdco 2 Ltd, B&M European Value Retail Holdco 3 Ltd, B&M European Value Retail Holdco 
4 Ltd, EV Retail Ltd, B&M Retail Ltd and Opus Homewares Ltd were all guarantors to the loan agreement which was formally held within B&M 
European Value Retail SA. The amount outstanding as at the period end was £440.0m, with the balance held in B&M European Value Retail 
Holdco 4 Ltd.

104

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
To the shareholders of B&M European Value Retail S.A.
9, allée Scheffer
L-2520 Luxembourg

Report of the Réviseur d’Entreprises agréé
Report on the annual accounts
Following our appointment by the General Meeting of the 
Shareholders on 29 July 2016, we have audited the accompanying 
annual accounts of B&M European Value Retail S.A., which comprise 
the balance sheet as at 31 March 2017, and the profit and loss account 
for the year then ended, and a summary of significant accounting 
policies and other explanatory information.

Other information
The Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The 
other information comprises the information included in the Directors’ 
report and the Corporate Governance Statement but does not include 
the annual accounts and our report of Réviseur d’Entreprises Agréé 
thereon.

Our opinion on the annual accounts does not cover other information 
and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Board of Directors’ responsibility for the annual accounts
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and fair 
presentation of these annual accounts in accordance with 
Luxembourg legal and regulatory requirements relating to the 
preparation of the annual accounts, and for such internal control as 
the Board of Directors determines is necessary to enable the 
preparation of annual accounts that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Responsibility of the Réviseur d’Entreprises Agréé
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these annual accounts 
based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with 
International Standards on Auditing as adopted for Luxembourg by 
the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier. Those 
standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan 
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the annual accounts are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence 
about the amounts and disclosures in the annual accounts. The 
procedures selected depend on the judgement of the Réviseur 
d’Entreprises Agréé, including the assessment of the risks of material 
misstatement of the annual accounts, whether due to fraud or error. In 
making those risks assessments, the Réviseur d’Entreprises Agréé 
considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair 
presentation of the annual accounts in order to design audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the 
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s 
internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness 
of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates made by the Board of Directors, as well as evaluating the 
overall presentation of the annual accounts.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis of our audit opinion.

Opinion
In our opinion, the annual accounts give a true and fair view of the 
financial position of B&M European Value Retail S.A. as of 31 March 
2017, and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in 
accordance with Luxembourg legal and regulatory requirements 
relating to the preparation of the annual accounts.

In connection with our audit of the annual accounts, our responsibility 
is to read other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the annual accounts 
or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report this fact. We have nothing to 
report in this regard.

Other matters
The Corporate Governance Statement includes information required 
by Article 68bis paragraph (1) of the Luxembourg law of 19 December 
2002 on the commercial and companies register and on the 
accounting records and annual accounts of undertakings, as 
amended. The annual accounts of B&M European Value Retail S.A. for 
the year ended 31 March 2016, were audited by the predecessor 
auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those accounts on 
2 June 2016.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
The Directors’ report is consistent with the annual accounts and has 
been prepared in accordance with the applicable legal requirements. 

The information required by Article 68bis paragraph (1) letters c) and d) 
of the Luxembourg law of 19 December 2002 on the commercial and 
companies register and on the accounting records and annual 
accounts of undertakings, as amended and included in the Corporate 
Governance Statement is consistent with the annual accounts and has 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Luxembourg, 24 May 2017
KPMG Luxembourg
Société coopérative
Cabinet de Révision Agréé
Thierry Ravasio

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

105

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
As at 31 March, 2017

ASSETS
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets
  Other fixtures and fittings, tools and equipment
Financial assets
  Shares in affiliated undertakings

CURRENT ASSETS
Debtors
Amounts owed by affiliated undertakings
 becoming due and payable within one year

Other debtors
 becoming due and payable within one year

Cash at bank and in hand

TOTAL ASSETS

CAPITAL, RESERVES AND LIABILITIES

CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Subscribed capital
Share premium account

Reserves
  Legal reserve

Profit or loss for the financial year
Interim dividends

Total capital and reserves 

CREDITORS

Debenture loans
  Non-convertible loans
  becoming due and payable within one year
  becoming due and payable after more than one year

Trade creditors
 becoming due and payable within one year
Amounts owed to affiliated undertakings
 becoming due and payable within one year

Other creditors
  Tax authorities
  Social security authorities
  Other creditors
  becoming due and payable within one year

TOTAL CAPITAL, RESERVES AND LIABILITIES

Note

31 March 2017
GBP

31 March 2016
GBP

11,802 

 15,343 

 2,624,999,999 

 2,624,999,999 

 2,625,011,801 

 2,625,015,342 

 287,935,431 

 90,259,786 

 149,712 

 67,627 

 288,085,143 

 90,327,413 

 41,124 

 12,022 

 2,913,138,068 

 2,715,354,777 

31 March 2017
GBP

31 March 2016
GBP

 100,000,000 
 2,472,481,847 

 100,000,000 
 2,577,668,086 

 10,000,000 

 614,110 

 95,913,332 
 (19,000,000)

 52,199,651 
 (16,000,000)

 2,659,395,179 

 2,714,481,847 

3

4

5

6

7

 1,718,750 
 250,000,000 

 251,718,750 

 – 
 – 

 – 

1,378,608

183,057

 17,860

17,860

605,815
–

612,819
23,259

21,856

35,935

 2,024,139 

 872,930 

 2,913,138,068 

 2,715,354,777 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these annual accounts.

106

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

COMPANY PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
For the financial year ended 31 March 2017

Raw materials and consumables and other external expenses
  Other external expenses
Staff costs
  Wages and salaries
  Social security costs
  relating to pensions
  other social security costs
Value adjustments
  In respect of formation expenses and of tangible and intangible assets
Other operating expenses
Income from participating interests
  Derived from affiliated undertakings
Other interest receivable and similar income
  Derived from affiliated undertakings
  Other interest and similar income
Interest payable and similar expenses
  Other interest and similar expenses
Tax on profit or loss

Profit or loss after taxation
Other taxes not included in the previous caption

Profit or loss for the financial year

Notes

31 March 2017
GBP

31 March 2016
GBP

8
9

10
11

12

13

14

14

 (4,593,284)

 (813,479)

 (147,677)

 (149,425)

 (13,250)
 (8,782)

 (10,919)
 (20,092)

 (3,540)
 (245,878)

 (3,864)
 (1,278,102)

 99,750,000

 52,611,000 

 2,760,408
 279,605

 2,257,929 
 242,617 

 (1,771,775)
–

 (41,337)
 (4,242)

 96,005,827
 (92,495)

 52,790,086 
 (590,435)

 95,913,332

 52,199,651 

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

107

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTS
For the financial year ended 31 March 2017

Note 1 – General information
B&M European Value Retail S.A., hereinafter the “Company”, was incorporated on 19 May 2014 as a “société anonyme” for an unlimited period. 
The Company is organised under the laws of Luxembourg, in particular the law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended.

The registered office of the Company is established in Luxembourg City and is registered at the Trade and Companies register in Luxembourg 
under the number B 187 275.

With effect as of 1 April 2016, the registered office of the Company was moved from 16, avenue Pasteur, L-2310 Luxembourg to 9, allée Scheffer, L-2520 
Luxembourg.

The main purpose of the Company is to act as an investment holding company and to coordinate the business of any corporate bodies in which 
the Company is for the time being directly or indirectly interested and to acquire (whether by original subscription, tender, purchase, exchange 
or otherwise) the whole or any part of the stock, shares, debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities issued or guaranteed by any 
person and any other asset of any kind and to hold the same as investments, and to sell, exchange and dispose of the same.

The Company also prepares consolidated financial statements, which are published according to the provisions of the law.

The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “BME".

Note 2 – Summary of significant accounting policies and valuation methods
Basis of preparation
These annual accounts have been prepared in accordance with Luxembourg legal and regulatory requirements under the historical cost 
convention. Accounting policies and valuation rules are, besides the ones laid down by the law of December 19, 2002, as subsequently 
amended (the “Law”), determined and applied by the directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). 

These annual accounts have been prepared on a going concern basis.

The preparation of annual accounts requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires Management to exercise its 
judgement in the process of applying the accounting policies. Changes in assumptions may have a significant impact on the annual accounts in 
the period in which the assumptions changed. Management believes that the underlying assumptions are appropriate and that the annual 
accounts therefore present the financial position and results fairly.

The Company makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the next financial year. Estimates 
and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that 
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Presentation of comparative financial data
The provisions of the law of 18 December 2015 on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts and the grand-ducal regulation of 
18 December 2015 on the layout of balance sheet and profit and loss accounts, amending the law of 19 December 2002 have been transposed 
in these annual accounts. The layout and the headings of certain balance sheet and profit and loss account captions have been modified 
accordingly. Some comparative figures have been reclassified for the same reason. These reclassifications impact neither the result for the year 
ended 31 March 2016 nor the equity as at March 31, 2016.

Significant accounting policies
The main accounting policies and valuation rules applied by the Company are the following:

Tangible assets
Tangible assets are valued at purchase price including the expenses incidental thereto. Tangible assets are depreciated over their estimated 
useful economic lives.

The depreciation rates and methods applied are as follows:

Company vehicle

Rate of 
depreciation

Depreciation 
method

20.00%

Straight line

Where the Company considers that a tangible asset has suffered a durable depreciation in value, an additional write-down is recorded in order 
to reflect this loss. These value adjustments are not continued if the reasons for which they were made have ceased to apply.

108

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Financial assets
Shares in affiliated undertakings are valued at purchase price including the expenses incidental thereto.

In the case of durable depreciation in value according to the opinion of the Board of Directors, value adjustments are made in respect of 
financial assets, so that they are valued at the lower figure to be attributed to them at the balance sheet date. These value adjustments are not 
continued if the reasons for which they were made have ceased to apply.

Debtors
Debtors are valued at their nominal value. They are subject to value adjustments where their recovery is compromised. These value adjustments 
are not continued if the reasons for which the value adjustments were made have ceased to apply.

Foreign currency translation
The Company maintains its accounting records in GBP (GBP) and the balance sheet and the profit and loss accounts are expressed in this currency.

Transactions expressed in currencies other than GBP are translated into GBP at the exchange rate effective at the time of the transaction.

Long term non-monetary assets expressed in currencies other than GBP are translated into GBP at the exchange rate effective at the time of the 
transaction. At the balance sheet date, these assets remain converted using the exchange rate at the time of the transaction (the “historical 
exchange rate”).

Cash at bank is translated at the exchange rate effective at the balance sheet date. Exchange losses and gains are recorded in the profit and 
loss account of the year.

Other assets and liabilities are translated separately respectively at the lower or at the higher of the value converted at the historical exchange 
rate or the value determined on the basis of the exchange rates effective at the balance sheet date. The realised and unrealised exchange 
losses are recorded in the profit and loss account. The exchange gains are recorded in the profit and loss account at the moment of their 
realisation.

Provisions
Provisions are intended to cover losses or debts, the nature of which is clearly defined and which, at the date of the balance sheet are either 
likely to be incurred or certain to be incurred but uncertain as to their amount or as to the date at which they will arise.

Provisions may also be created to cover charges which originate in the financial year under review or in a previous financial year, the nature of 
which is clearly defined and which at the date of the balance sheet are either likely to be incurred or certain to be incurred but uncertain as to 
their amount or the date at which they will arise.

Provision for taxation
Provisions for taxation corresponding to the tax liability estimated by the Company for the financial years for which the tax return has not yet 
been filed are recorded under the caption “Tax authorities”. The advance payments are shown in the assets of the balance sheet under the 
caption “Other debtors”, if applicable.

Creditors
Creditors are stated as their reimbursement value. Where the amount repayable on account is greater than the amount received, the difference 
is shown in the profit and loss account when the debt is issued.

Issuance costs
Issuance costs are expensed through the profit and loss account at the time that they are incurred. This is considered to be the date on which 
the relevant issuance is legally performed.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

109

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTS continued
For the financial year ended 31 March 2017

Note 3 – Financial assets
The undertaking in which the Company holds interests in its share capital is as follows

Undertaking’s name

B&M EVR 1*

Registered office

Luxembourg

* 

B&M EVR 1 refers to B&M European Value Retail 1 S.à.r.l.

Percentage of 
holding

Net equity as at
31 March 2017
GBP

Net result for the 
financial year 
ended 31 March 
2017
GBP 

Net book value as 
at 31 March 2017
GBP

100%

 646,832,905

 99,738,188 

 2,624,999,999 

At the balance sheet date, the Board of Directors assessed the valuation of the underlying operations and concluded that no value adjustment is 
deemed necessary on the investment.

The B&M EVR 1 accounts have yet to be approved by their Directors.

Note 4 – Amounts owed by affiliated undertakings

becoming due and payable within one year:

B&M European Value Retail Holdco 4 Ltd. (“B&M Holdco 4”)
B&M European Value Retail 2 S.à.r.l. (“B&M EVR 2”)
B&M EVR 1 – Dividend receivable (Note 11)

Total (Note 12)

March 2017
GBP

March 2016
GBP

 248,935,413 
 18 
 39,000,000 

 90,259,786 
–
–

 287,935,431 

 90,259,786 

The amounts owed by B&M Holdco 4 are interest bearing (Note 12) and payable on demand. The amounts owed by B&M EVR 1&2 are non-
interest bearing and payable on demand. Where interest is calculated it has been done on an arm’s length basis.

Note 5 – Other debtors

becoming due and payable within one year:

Prepaid VAT
Prepaid income and net wealth taxes
Other advances

Total

March 2017
GBP

March 2016
GBP

 131,787 
 14,230 
 3,695 

 149,712 

 44,708 
 12,216 
 10,703 

 67,627 

Note 6 – Capital and reserves
Subscribed capital and share premium account
As 31 March 2017, the share capital is set at GBP 100,000,000 divided into 1,000,000,000 shares with a nominal value of GBP 0.10 each and the 
un-issued but authorised share capital is set at GBP 297,222,222.20.

Movements for the period on the reserves and profit/loss captions are as follows:

As at the beginning of the financial year
Allocation of prior period’s result
Allocation of legal reserve
Allocate interim dividends
Final dividend
Special dividend
Interim dividends 
Profit for the financial year

Share premium 
and similar 
premiums 
GBP

Legal
reserve
GBP

 2,577,668,086 
 – 
 (6,775,907)

 614,110 
 – 
 9,385,890 

 – 
 (98,410,332)
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Profit or loss 
brought forward
GBP

 – 
 52,199,651 
 (2,609,983)
 (16,000,000)
 (32,000,000)
 (1,589,668)
 – 
–

Profit for the 
financial period
GBP

 52,199,651 
 (52,199,651)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 95,913,332 

Interim 
dividends
GBP

 (16,000,000)
 – 
 – 
 16,000,000 
 – 
 – 
 (19,000,000)
 – 

Total
GBP

2,614,481,847
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (32,000,000)
 (100,000,000)
 (19,000,000)
 95,913,332 

As at the end of the financial year

 2,472,481,847 

 10,000,000 

 – 

 95,913,332 

 (19,000,000)  2,559,395,179 

110

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

On 25 May 2016, the Board of Directors approved the declaration of a special dividend of 10 pence per ordinary share, in total being 
GBP 100,000,000.

The Annual General Meeting held on 29 July 2016 resolved to transfer to the legal reserve (i) an amount of GBP 2,609,982.55 out of the net profit 
realised by the Company as at 31 March 2016, and (ii) an amount of GBP 6,775,907.45 out of the share premium account of the Company. The 
legal reserve has thus been credited in full and now represents 10% of the issued share capital of the Company.

On 14 November 2016, the Board of Directors unanimously approved the distribution of an interim dividend of 1.9 pence per ordinary share, 
being a total aggregate distribution of 19 million paid by the Company in December 2016.

A final dividend of 3.9 pence per share (GBP 39,000,000), giving a full year non-special dividend of 5.8 pence per share (GBP 58,000,000), is 
proposed.

Legal reserve
In accordance with article 197 of the Luxembourg company law dated 10 August 1915, as amended, the Company is required to allocate to a 
legal reserve a minimum of 5% of its annual net profit until this reserve equals 10% of the subscribed share capital. This reserve may not be 
distributed.

Note 7 – Creditors
Amounts due and payable for the accounts shown under “Debenture loans” are as follows:

Debenture Loans 
  Non convertible loans – Bonds interest
  Non convertible loans – Bonds principal

Within
 one year
GBP

After one year and 
within five years
GBP

After more 
than five years
GBP

March 2017
GBP

March 2016
GBP

 1,718,750 
 – 

 – 
 250,000,000 

 1,718,750 

 250,000,000 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 1,718,750 
 250,000,000 

 251,718,750 

 – 
 – 

 – 

On 2 February 2017, the Company issued GBP 250,000,000 4.125% Senior Secured Notes (herein after referred to as the “Bonds”) which are due 
on 1 February 2022. Interest on the Notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears on 1 February and 1 August of each year, commencing on 1 
August 2017. The Bonds are listed for trading on the Euro MTF market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The Euro MTF Market of the 
Luxembourg Stock Exchange is not a regulated market pursuant to the provisions of Directive 2004/39/EC on markets in financial instruments. 
The Euro MTF Market falls within the scope of Regulation (EC) 596/2014 on market abuse and the related Directive 2014/57/EU on criminal 
sanctions for market abuse.

The Company may redeem the Bonds in whole or in part at any time on or after 1 February 2019, in each case, at the redemption prices set out in 
the Offering Circular. Prior to 1 February 2019, the Company will be entitled to redeem, at its option, all or a portion of the Bonds at a redemption 
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Bonds, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, to the redemption 
date, plus a “make-whole” premium, as described in the Offering Circular. Prior to 1 February 2019, the Company may, at its option, and on one 
or more occasions, also redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Bonds with the net proceeds from certain 
equity offerings. 

Additionally, the Company may redeem the Bonds in whole, but not in part, at a price equal to their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid 
interest and additional amounts, if any, upon the occurrence of certain changes in applicable tax law. Upon the occurrence of certain events 
constituting a change of control, the Company may be required to repurchase all or any portion of the Bonds at 101% of the principal amount 
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, to the date of such repurchase.

The Bonds are senior obligations of the Company, guaranteed on a senior basis by its various affiliated companies.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

111

 
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTS continued
For the financial year ended 31 March 2017

Note 7 – Creditors continued
Other amounts due and payable for the accounts shown under “Creditors” are as follows:

Trade creditors
  Suppliers
  Suppliers – Invoices not yet received (Note 7.1)

Amounts owed to affiliated undertakings
B&M EVR 2

Other creditors
  Tax authorities
    Corporate income tax
    Net wealth tax
    Other taxes

  Social security authorities
  Other creditors

Total

Within
 one year
GBP

After one year and  
within five years
GBP

After more 
than five years
GBP

March 2017
GBP

March 2016
GBP

 104,083 
 1,274,525 

 1,378,608 

 17,860 

 7,453 
 591,654 
 6,708 

 – 
 21,856 

 627,671 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 104,083 
 1,274,525 

 1,378,608 

 107,952 
 75,105 

 183,057 

 17,860 

 17,860 

 7,453 
591,654
6,708

 – 
 21,856 

 627,671 

 2,024,139 

 7,452 
 587,532 
 17,835 

 23,259 
 35,935 

 672,013 

 872,930 

Note 7.1 – Suppliers-invoices not yet received balance during financial year ended 31 March 2017 relates mostly to accruals in relation to service 
fees pertaining to the GBP 250,000,000 bonds issuance.

Note 8 – Raw materials and consumables and other external expenses

Other external expenses

Transaction costs for bond issuance (Note 7)
Advisory and consultancy fees 
Marketing, communication and travel expenses
Staff recruitment expenses
Accounting and administrative fees
Audit fees 
Government regulatory fees
Stock exchange fees 
Rentals
Repairs and maintenance
Others

Total

Note 9 – Staff costs
During the financial period, the Company employed one part time employee and two full time employees.

March 2017
GBP

3,297,077 
 394,670 
 200,285 
 189,763 
 180,304 
 87,451 
 79,230 
 62,560 
 40,996 
 9,505 
 51,443 

 4,593,284 

March 2016
GBP

–
 178,530 
 171,682 
–
 175,458 
 97,118 
 70,446 
 57,002 
 39,536 
 8,402 
 15,305 

 813,479 

112

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Note 10 – Other operating expenses

Director fees
Non-deductible VAT
Others

Total

Note 11 – Income from participating interests

Derived from affiliated undertakings:
  Dividend income (Note 11.1)

Total

Note 11.1 – Dividend income relates to dividend declaration by B&M EVR 1.

Note 12 – Other interest receivable and similar income

Derived from affiliated undertakings (Note 12.1)
  Interest recharge

Other interest and similar income
  Realised foreign exchange gain
  Reversal of previous period accrual
  Other income

Total

March 2017
GBP

 245,657 
 – 
 221 

March 2016
GBP

 255,073 
 1,015,569 
 7,460 

 245,878 

 1,278,102 

March 2017
GBP

March 2016
GBP

 99,750,000 

 52,611,000 

 99,750,000 

 52,611,000 

March 2017
GBP

March 2016
GBP

2,760,408

2,257,929

 2,760,408

 2,257,929 

 279,111
–
 494

 279,605

 49,528 
 192,000 
 1,089 

 242,617 

 3,040,013 

 2,500,546

Note 12.1 – The Company and its affiliates have entered into a Management Services Agreement (“MSA”). Included in the provisions of this 
agreement was the right for the Company to charge or be charged interest on any intercompany balances held with affiliates outside of 
Luxembourg (an “Interest recharge”). The basis for the interest recharge is the outstanding balance per management accounts at the start 
and end of each month, and the marginal external rate of borrowing available to the Group as reviewed by management on an at least six 
monthly basis.

Note 13 – Interest payable and similar expenses

Other interest and similar expenses:
  Interest expense on bonds payable (Note 7)
  Realised foreign exchange loss

Total

March 2017
GBP

March 2016
GBP

 1,718,750 
 53,025 

  1,771,775 

–
  41,337 

 41,337 

Note 14 – Taxation
The company is subject to the general tax regulation applicable to all Luxembourg commercial companies.

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

113

 
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTS continued
For the financial year ended 31 March 2017

Note 15 – Off balance sheet commitments and contingencies 
At the balance sheet date, the Company has financial commitments relating to: i) share option plans; and ii) pledge agreements. The nature and 
the commercial objective of the operations not disclosed on the balance sheet can be described as follows:

Note 15.1 – Share option plans
The Company operates four share option plans. The details of which are as follows:
(1)  The B&M European Value Retail S.A. Tax Advantaged and non-tax advantaged Company Share Option Plans (CSOPs), starting (i) 1/8/14 (ii) 

11/8/14 (iii) 17/12/15 (iv) 19/8/16.

(2)  The B&M European Value Retail S.A. Long-Term Incentive Plan 2014 (LTIP 2014).
(3)  The B&M European Value Retail S.A. Long-Term Incentive Plan 2015 (LTIP 2015).
(4)  The B&M European Value Retail S.A. Long-Term Incentive Plan 2016 (LTIP 2016).

CSOPs
The CSOP schemes are market-value options with a non-market performance condition. They vest after a period of three years.

The options were valued using a black/scholes model. Given the grant date, no options have been exercised in the year.

Scheme

CSOP (1/8/14)
CSOP (11/8/14)
CSOP (17/12/15)
CSOP (19/8/16)

Date of grant

Date of vesting

Exercise price

1 Aug 2014
11 Aug 2014
17 Dec 2015
19 Aug 2016

1 Aug 2017
11 Aug 2017
17 Dec 2018
19 Aug 2019

271.5p
267.0p
286.0p
276.8p

Fair value 
of option 
GBP

Number of options 
outstanding at 
31 March 2016

Number of options 
granted/(lapsed) in 
the year

Number of options 
outstanding at  
31 March 2017

0.83
0.81
0.79
0.50

504,571
67,410
10,489
0

(44,196)
(7,490)
0
21,676

460,375
59,920
10,489
21,676

LTIPs
These awards are ordinary shares subject to a mixture of market based and non-market based performance conditions. They vest after a 
period of three years.

All LTIPs except LTIP 2014 have been separated into two tranches based upon the conditions required for vesting, as the two tranches were 
calculated to have separately identifiable and different fair values. The tranches are labelled “TSR" and “EPS" as the relevant key performance 
conditions are based upon total shareholder return and earnings per share.

The options were valued using a monte carlo method. Given the grant dates, no options have been exercised in the year.

Scheme/tranche

LTIP 2014
LTIP 2015 / EPS
LTIP 2015 / TSR
LTIP 2016 / EPS
LTIP 2016 / TSR

Date of grant

Date of vesting

Exercise price

1 Aug 2014
5 Aug 2015
5 Aug 2015
18 Aug 2016
18 Aug 2016

1 Aug 2017
5 Aug 2018
5 Aug 2018
18 Aug 2019
18 Aug 2019

nil
nil
nil
nil
nil

Fair value 
of option 
GBP

Number of options 
outstanding at  
31 March 2016

Number of options 
granted/(lapsed) in 
the year

Number of options 
outstanding at  
31 March 2017

1.34
3.41
2.10
2.54
1.64

112,963
40,616
40,616
0
0

(38,889)
0
0
122,386
122,386

74,074
40,616
40,616
122,386
122,386

Assumptions
The fair valuing exercise uses several assumptions including the share price at grant (taken as the closing price on the day prior to the grant), the 
volatility (see below), the expected life (3 years for the LTIP 2014, 5 years for LTIPs 2015 & 2016, 6.5 years for the CSOP) and the risk free rate of 
interest, using the Bank of Englands zero coupon yield over the expected life.

In accordance with Luxembourg GAAP, as none of the option holders have vested their rights as at the balance sheet date, all related amounts 
are reported as off balance sheet commitments.

The volatility assumption used the historic volatility of a group of comparable companies. This resulted in a 25% assumption for all the 2014 
awares, 24% for the 2015 EPS award, 30% for the 2015 TSR award, and 26% for the 2016 awards.

114

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Note 15.2 – Pledge agreements
Release of the share pledge created on 17 June 2014:
Pursuant to a release letter dated and effective as of 02 February 2017, Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited (“BAMLIL"), acting for 
itself and as trustee for and on behalf of the Secured Parties has unconditionally and irrevocably released and discharged in full the pledge 
created under the share pledge agreement dated 17 June 2014, entered into between the Company as Pledgor, BAMLIL acting for itself and as 
trustee for and on behalf of for the Secured Parties and B&M EVR 1.

New share pledge effective as from 02 February 2017
Pursuant to a share pledge agreement dated (and effective as of) 02 February 2017, all shares and related assets owned from time to time in 
B&M EVR 1 by the Company and, in particular, the 198,916,673 shares owned as of 31 March 2017 and including any shares acquired by the 
Company in the future and related assets, have been pledged in favour of Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as security agent, acting for itself 
and as security agent for and on behalf of the Secured Parties.

Note 16 – Directors Emoluments
The contractual emoluments granted to the members of the administrative managerial and supervisory bodies in that capacity are as follows:

Director fees paid to the non-executive directors of the Group

March 2017
GBP

 258,500 

 258,500 

March 2016
GBP

 258,500 

 258,500 

There were no obligations arising or entered into in respect of retirement pensions for former members of those bodies for the financial year.

There were no advances or loans granted during the financial year to the members of those bodies.

There are no pension obligations of members of those bodies.

There are no guarantees or direct substitutes granted or given of the members of those bodies

Note that the executive directors are remunerated through other Group companies.

Note 17 – Subsequent events
No other matters or circumstances of importance other than those already described in the present notes to the accounts have arisen since the 
end of the financial year which could have significantly affected or might significantly affect the operations of the Company, the results of those 
operations or the affairs of the Company.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 24 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Simon Arora 
Chief Executive Officer 

Paul McDonald
Chief Financial Officer

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

115

 
GENERAL INFORMATION

Registered Office & Company Number
B&M European Value Retail S.A.
9, Allée Scheffer
L-2520 Luxembourg
Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg

R.C.S. Luxembourg: B 187275

Tel: +352 246 130 207 
www.bandmretail.com

Share Registrar 
(Shareholders) 
Capita Fiduciary S.A.
9, Allée Scheffer
L-2520 Luxembourg
Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg

Tel: +352 440 929

Email: shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk 
www.capitaassetservices.com

Depositary Interests Registrar
(Depositary Interest holders)
Capita Registrars (Guernsey) Limited
Mont Crevelt House
Bulwer Avenue 
St Sampson 
Guernsey GY2 4LH 
Channel Islands

Email: custodymgt@capitaregistrars.com

Listing
Ordinary shares of B&M European Value Retail S.A. are listed  
with a premium listing on the London Stock Exchange.

Auditor
KPMG Luxembourg Société Coopérative
39, Avenue John F. Kennedy
L-1855 Luxembourg

Tel: +352 22 51 51 1
www.kpmg.com/lu

Joint Brokers
Merrill Lynch International
2 King Edward Street
London EC1A 1HQ

Tel: +44(0)20 7628 1000 
www.baml.com

Numis Securities Limited
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

Tel: +44(0)270 7260 1000 
www.numis.com

Principal Bankers 
Barclays Bank PLC 

116

B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017
B&M European Value Retail S.A. Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
©2017. All rights reserved. B&M  
and the B&M logo are registered trademarks

B

&

M

E

u

r

o

p

e

a

n

V

a

l

u

e

R

e

t

a

i

l

S

.

A

.

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7